specifiers resource book - cad tech€¦ · · 2011-05-09. welcome to the ... 29 elephants’...

SpecifiersResource BookConcrete Anchoring Concrete Lifting

www.ramset.com.au

WELCOME TO THE RAMSET™

SPECIFIERS RESOURCE BOOKThis concise and systematically presented book contains the information most useful to Architects,Specifiers and Engineers when selecting the concrete anchoring solution that best suits their project.

Selection of a concrete anchoring product is made on the basis of the basic type of fixing (male or female, bolt or stud), macro environment, (e.g. coastal or inland), micro environment(particular chemicals) and of course the capacity that best meets the design load case.

Where the fixing is simple and does not warrant strength limit state calculations, selection on thebasis of load case is made simple and easy with working load limit tables for each concrete anchor.

Where more rigorous design and strength limit state calculation is required, the simplified step-by-step method presented in this booklet will allow rapid selection and verification of theappropriate concrete anchor.

The Brick and Block anchoring section gives design professionals guidance as to the behaviour of a number of fixings suitable for use in a variety of both solid and hollow pre-manufactured masonry units.

The capacity information presented considers the elemental nature of pre-manufactured masonryunits and advises designers as to suitable locations within the units accordingly.

With the continued growth of Precast Concrete as a construction medium, technical information ispresented here, sufficient to enable the selection of appropriate lifting hardware for precast concretecomponents subject to lifting, handling and erection.

In line with current practice, the information is presented in Working Load Limit format, consistant with capacity information presented for cranes, slings, chains, etc.

We know that you will find this book both useful and informative.

For additional information or any further enquiries, contact your local Ramset™ engineer at the following email addresses:

Western Australia [email protected]/Tasmania [email protected] Territory/South Australia [email protected] [email protected] South Wales/A.C.T. [email protected]

2

3

1 LEGEND OF SYMBOLS 5

2 NOTATION 6

3 DESIGN PROCESS 73.1 Simplified Design Approach 8-113.2 Worked Example 12-15

4 ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE 16-18

5 SELECTING THE RIGHT ANCHOR5.1 Environmental Considerations 195.2 Anchor Feature Guide 20-215.3 Chemical Resistance 22-23

6 ANCHORING TECHNOLOGY6.1 Derivation of Capacity 246.2 Anchoring Principles 25-286.3 Base Materials 28-296.4 Design 306.5 Tension 31-346.6 Shear 35-366.7 Bending 376.8 Combined Loading 386.9 Anchor Groups 396.10 Assembly Torque and Preload 406.11 Long Term Preload Degradation 416.12 Slip Load and Cyclic Loading 426.13 Corrosion 436.14 Fire 43

MECHANICAL ANCHORING

7 SpaTec™ Safety Anchors7.1 General Information 45-467.2 Description and Part Numbers 467.3 Engineering Properties 467.4 Strength Limit State Design 47-52

8 HiShear™ 8.8 Structural Anchors8.1 General Information 53-548.2 Description and Part Numbers 548.3 Engineering Properties 548.4 Strength Limit State Design 55-60

9 Boa™ Coil Expansion Anchors9.1 General Information 61-629.2 Description and Part Numbers 629.3 Engineering Properties 629.4 Strength Limit State Design 63-68

10 TruBolt™ Stud Anchors10.1 General Information 69-7010.2 Description and Part Numbers 7010.3 Engineering Properties 7110.4 Strength Limit State Design 72-78

11 AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchors11.1 General Information 79-8011.2 Description and Part Numbers 8011.3 Engineering Properties 8011.4 Strength Limit State Design 81-86

12 DynaBolt™ Sleeve Anchors12.1 General Information 87-8812.2 Description and Part Numbers 8812.3 Engineering Properties 8812.4 Strength Limit State Design 89-94

13 DynaSet™ Drop In Anchors13.1 General Information 95-9613.2 Description and Part Numbers 9613.3 Engineering Properties 9613.4 Strength Limit State Design 97-102

14 RediDrive™ Hammer In Anchors14.1 General Information 103-10414.2 Description and Part Numbers 10414.3 Engineering Properties 104

15 ShureDrive™ Anchors15.1 General Information 105-10615.2 Description and Part Numbers 106

16 RamPlug™

16.1 General Information 107-10816.2 Description and Part Numbers 108

17 EasyDrive Nylon Anchors17.1 General Information 109-11017.2 Description and Part Numbers 110

CHEMICAL ANCHORING

18 ChemSet™ Anchor Studs & Injection RodChemSet™ Anchor Studs

18.1 General Information 11318.2 Description and Part Numbers 11318.3 Engineering Properties 113

ChemSet™ Injection Rod18.4 General Information 11418.5 Description and Part Numbers 11418.6 Engineering Properties 114

19 ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules19.1 General Information 115-11619.2 Description and Part Numbers 11619.3 Engineering Properties 11619.4 Strength Limit State Design 117-122

20 ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series20.1 General Information 123-12420.2 Description and Part Numbers 12420.3 Engineering Properties 12420.4 Strength Limit State Design 125-130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS cont.21 ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules21.1 General Information 131-13221.2 Description and Part Numbers 13221.3 Engineering Properties 13221.4 Strength Limit State Design 133-138

22 ChemSet™ Injection 10122.1 General Information 139-14022.2 Description and Part Numbers 14022.3 Engineering Properties 14022.4 Strength Limit State Design 141-146

BRICK AND BLOCK ANCHORING

23 TYPICAL PRE-MANUFACTURED MASONRY UNITS 149-151

24 ChemSet™ Injection 10124.1 General Information 152-15324.2 Description and Part Numbers 15324.3 Engineering Properties 153

25 AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchors25.1 General Information 154-15525.2 Description and Part Numbers 15525.3 Engineering Properties 155

26 DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt26.1 General Information 156-15726.2 Description and Part Numbers 15726.3 Engineering Properties 157

27 RamPlug™

27.1 General Information 158-15927.2 Description and Part Numbers 159

28 TYPICAL BOLT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION28.1 Strength Limit State Design Information 16128.2 Working Load Limit Design Information 161

CAST-IN ANCHORING

29 Elephants’ Feet Ferrules29.1 General Information 163-16429.2 Description and Part Numbers 16429.3 Engineering Properties 16429.4 Strength Limit State Design 165-170

30 Round Ferrules30.1 General Information 171-17230.2 Description and Part Numbers 17230.3 Engineering Properties 17230.4 Strength Limit State Design 173-178

31 TCM Ferrules31.1 General Information 179-18031.2 Description and Part Numbers 18031.3 Engineering Properties 18031.4 Strength Limit State Design 181-186

CAST-IN LIFTING

32 LIFTING TECHNOLOGY32.1 Important Notice 18932.2 Lifting Anchors 19032.3 Lifting Clutches 19032.4 Substrate Suitability 19132.5 References 19132.6 Load Case Determination 192-19332.7 Design Considerations 194-195

33 SYSTEMS FOR YARD CAST WALL PANELS33.1 Applications 19733.2 Installation 19833.3 Anchor Types 19833.4 Lifting Anchor Reinforcement Detail 19933.5 Capacity Information 20033.6 Description and Part Numbers 20133.7 Specification 201

34 SYSTEMS FOR SITE CAST WALL PANELS34.1 Applications 20334.2 Installation 20334.3 Anchor Types 20434.4 Capacity Information 20434.5 Description and Part Numbers 20534.6 Specification 205

35 SYSTEMS FOR COMPONENT PRECAST35.1 Applications 207-20835.2 Installation 20935.3 Anchor Types 21035.4 Lifting Anchor Reinforcement Detail 21135.5 Capacity Information 212-21735.6 Description and Part Numbers 21835.7 Specification 219

RESOURCE BOOK DESIGN WORKSHEET 220-221

Suitable for elevated temperate applications. Structural anchor components made from steel. Any plastic or non-ferrous parts make no contribution to holding power under elevated temperatures.

Suitable for use in seismic design.

Anchor has an effective pull-down feature,or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp the fixture to the base material and provide high resistance to cyclic loading.

Has good resistance to cyclic and pulse loading. Resists loosening under vibration.

May be used close to edges (or another anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete.

Anchor is cast into substrate by either puddling, attaching to reinforcing or formwork.

AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants.Recommended for internal or external applications in marine or corrosive environments.

Corrosion resistant. Impact resistant.Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight.

Steel Zinc Plated to AS1791-1986.Minimum thickness 6 micron.Recommended for internal applications only.

Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS1650-1989 and AS1214-1983.Minimum thickness 42 micron.For external applications.

Anchor can be through fixed into substrateusing fixture as template.

Temporary or removable anchor.

Suitable for wall applications.

Suitable for overhead applications.

Suitable for floor applications.

Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow core concrete applications.

Suitable for use in drilled holes.

Suitable for use in cored holes.

Chemical anchors suitable for use in dry holes.

Chemical anchors suitable for use in damp holes.

Chemical anchors suitable for use in holesfilled with water.

PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLSIndicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations.

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLSIndicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection in regard to corrosion or environmental issues.

INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLSIndicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements.

Suitable for AAC and lightweight concreteapplications.

1

5

We have developed this set of easily recognisable icons to assist with product selection.

1.0 LEGEND OF SYMBOLS

6

2.0 NOTATION2

GENERAL NOTATION

a = actual anchor spacing (mm)

ac = critical anchor spacing (mm)

am = absolute minimum anchor spacing (mm)

As = stress area (mm2)

bm = minimum substrate thickness (mm)

db = bolt diameter (mm)

df = fixture hole diameter (mm)

dh = drilled hole diameter (mm)

e = actual edge distance (mm)

ec = critical edge distance (mm)

em = absolute minimum edge distance (mm)

f’c = concrete cylinder compressive strength (MPa)

f’cf = concrete flexural tensile strength (MPa)

fu = characteristic ultimate steel tensile strength (MPa)

fy = characteristic steel yield strength (MPa)

h = anchor effective depth (mm)

hn = nominal effective depth (mm)

g = gap or non-structural thickness (mm)

L = anchor length (mm)

Le = anchor effective length (mm)

Lt = thread length (mm)

n = number of fixings in a group

PL = long term, retained preload (kN)

PLi = initial preload (kN)

Pr = proof load (kN)

t = total thickness of fastened material(s) (mm)

Tr = assembly torque (Nm)

Xe = edge distance effect, tension

Xna = anchor spacing effect, tension

Xnae = anchor spacing effect, end of a row,tension

Xnai = anchor spacing effect, internal to a row,tension

Xnc = concrete compressive strength effect,tension

Xne = edge distance effect, tension

Xuc = characteristic ultimate capacity

Xva = anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear

Xvc = concrete compressive strength effect, shear

Xvd = load direction effect, concrete edge shear

Xvn = multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear

Xvs = corner edge shear effect, shear

Xvsc = concrete compressive strength effect, combined concrete/steel shear

Z = section modulus (mm3)

ß = concrete cube compressive strength (N/mm2)

µT = torque co-efficient of sliding friction

x = mean ultimate capacity

STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION

M* = design bending action effect (Nmm)

Mu = characteristic ultimate moment capacity (Nm)

N* = design tensile action effect (kN)

Ntf = nominal ultimate bolt tensile capacity (kN)

Nu = characteristic ultimate tensile capacity (kN)

Nuc = characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity (kN)

Nucr = factored characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity (kN)

Nur = design ultimate tensile capacity (kN)

Nurc = design ultimate concrete tensile capacity (kN)

Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensilecapacity (kN)

Nusr = factored characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity (kN)

Ru = characteristic ultimate capacity

V* = design shear action effect (kN)

Vsf = nominal ultimate bolt shear capacity (kN)

Vu = ultimate shear capacity (kN)

Vuc = characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity (kN)

Vur = design ultimate shear capacity (kN)

Vurc = design ultimate concrete edge shearcapacity (kN)

Vus = characteristic ultimate steel shearcapacity (kN)

Vusc = characteristic ultimate combined concrete/steel shear capacity (kN)

Ø = capacity reduction factor

Øc = capacity reduction factor, concretetension recommended as 0.6

Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending recommended as 0.8

Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension recommended as 0.8

Øq = capacity reduction factor, concrete edgeshear recommended as 0.6

Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear recommended as 0.8

PERMISSIBLE STRESS NOTATION

fs = factor of safety

fsc = factor of safety for substrate = 3.0

fss = factor of safety for steel in tension and bending = 2.2

fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear = 2.5

M = applied moment (Nm)

Ma = working load limit moment capacity (Nm)

N = applied tensile load (kN)

Na = working load limit tensile capacity (kN)

Nac = working load limit concrete tensile capacity (kN)

Nar = factored working load limit tensile capacity (kN)

Nas = working load limit steel tensile capacity (kN)

Nasr = factored working load limit steel tensile capacity (kN)

Ra = working load limit capacity

V = applied shear load (kN)

Va = working load limit shear capacity (kN)

Var = factored working load limit shear capacity (kN)

Vas = working load limit steel shear capacity (kN)

7

3

This information is provided for the guidance of qualifiedstructural engineers or other suitably skilled persons in thedesign of anchors. It is the designers responsibility to ensurecompliance with the relevant standards, codes of practice,building regulations, workplace regulations and statutes as applicable.

This manual allows the designer to determine load carrying capacities based on actual application andinstallation conditions.

The designer must first select the anchor style/type to suitapplication and environmental conditions through the use of tables 5.1, 5.2 & 5.3 to identify the specific productfeatures, dimensional properties and environmentalcharacteristics required.

Then select an appropriate anchor size to meet the requiredload case through the use of either the working loadinformation provided or by use of the simplified designprocess described on the page opposite to arrive atrecommendations in line with strength limit state design principles.

Ramset™ has developed this Simplified Design Approachto achieve strength limit state design, and to allow for rapidselection of a suitable anchor and through systematicanalysis, establish that it will meet the required designcriteria under strength limit state principles.

The necessary diagrams, tables etc. for each specific productare included in this publication.

Ramset™ has also developed a software tool “RamsetAnchor Design” to enable engineers to quickly selectsuitable anchors for a specific set of design conditions andoutput the results for project file reference.

See section 4 of this publication for further details and an example of how to use the “Ramset Anchor Design”software.

3.0 DESIGN PROCESS

8

We have developed this design process to provide accurateanchor performance predictions and allow appropriate designsolutions in an efficient and time saving manner.

Our experience over many years of anchor design has enabledus to develop this process which enables accurate and quicksolutions without the need to work labourously from firstprinciples each time.

PRELIMINARY SELECTION

Establish the design action effects, N* and V* (Tension and Shear) acting on each anchor being examined using theappropriate load combinations detailed in the AS1170 series of Australian Standards.

Refer to charts 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 in order to select an anchortype that best meets the needs of your application.

STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN

Refer to table 1a, ‘Indicative combined loading – interactiondiagram’ for the anchor type selected, looking up N* and V* to select the anchor size most likely to meet the designrequirements.

Note that the Interaction Diagram is for a specific concretecompressive strength and does not consider edge distance andanchor spacing effects, hence is a guide only and its useshould not replace a complete design process.

ACTION Note down the anchor size selected.

Having selected an anchor size, check that the design values for edge distance and anchor spacing comply with the absolute minima detailed in table 1b.If your design values do not comply, adjust the design layout.

Calculate the anchor effective depth as detailed in step 1c.

This is an important structural dimension that will be referred to in subsequent tables.

Typically, greater effective depths will result in greater tensile capacities.

ACTION Note down the anchor effective depth, h.Note also the product part no. referenced.

If the above questions are answered satisfactorily, proceed to step 2.

3.1 SIMPLIFIED DESIGN APPROACH

Select anchor to be evaluatedSTEP 1

Checkpoint 1

Anchor size selected ?

Absolute minima compliance achieved ?

Anchor effective depth calculated ?

3 Simplified Design Approach

9

3Simplified Design Approach

Referring to table 2a, determine the reduced characteristicultimate concrete tensile capacity (ØNuc). This is the basiccapacity, uninfluenced by edge distance or anchor spacings andis for the specific concrete compressive strength(s) noted.

ACTION Note down the value for ØNuc

Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xncby referring to table 2b. This multiplier considers the influenceof the actual concrete compressive strength compared to thatused in table 2a above.

ACTION Note down the value for Xnc

If the concrete edge distance is close enough to the anchorbeing evaluated, that anchors tensile performance may bereduced. Use table 2c, edge distance effect, tension, Xne todetermine if the design edge distance influences the anchorstensile capacity.

ACTION Note down the value for Xne

For designs involving more than one anchor, considerationmust be given to the influence of anchor spacing on tensilecapacity. Use either of tables 2d or 2e to establish the anchorspacing effect, tension, Xnae or Xnai.

ACTION Note down the value of Xnae or Xnai

This calculation takes into consideration the influences ofconcrete compressive strength, edge distance and anchorspacing to arrive at the design reduced concrete tensile capacity.

ACTION Note down the value of ØNurc

Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchorSTEP 2

Checkpoint 2

Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc

ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai ) (kN)

Having calculated the concrete tensile capacity above (ØNurc),consideration must now be given to other failure mechanisms.

Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensilecapacity (ØNus) from table(s) 3a.

ACTION Note down the value of ØNus

For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise aseparate bolt such as the range of Cast-In Ferrules and theDynaSet™ anchor, make use of step 3b to verify the reducedcharacteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity (ØNtf).

Now that we have obtained capacity information for all tensile failure mechanisms, verify which one is controlling the design.

This completes the tensile design process, we now look toverify that adequate shear capacity is available.

Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchorSTEP 3

Checkpoint 3

Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur

ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf

Check N* / ØNur ≤ 1,

if not satisfied return to step 1

10

Referring to table 4a, determine the reduced characteristicultimate concrete edge shear capacity (ØVuc). This is the basic capacity, uninfluenced by anchor spacings and is for the specific edge distance and concrete compressivestrength(s) noted.

ACTION Note down the value for ØVuc

Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvcby referring to table 4b. This multiplier considers the influenceof the actual concrete compressive strength compared to thatused in table 4a above.

ACTION Note down the value for Xvc

The angle of incidence of the shear load acting towards an edgeis considered by the factor Xvd, load direction effect, shear.

Use table 4c to establish its value.

ACTION Note down the value for Xvd

For a row of anchors located close to an edge, the influence ofthe anchor spacing on the concrete edge shear capacity isconsidered by the factor Xva, anchor spacing effect, concreteedge shear.

Note that this factor deals with a row of anchors parallel tothe edge and assumes that all anchors are loaded equally.

If designing for a single anchor, Xva = 1.0

ACTION Note down the value for Xva

In order to distribute the concrete edge shear evenly to allanchors within a row, calculate the multiple anchors effect,concrete edge shear, Xvn.

If designing for a single anchor, Xvn = 1.0

Examples

This calculation takes into consideration the influences ofconcrete compressive strength, edge distance and anchorspacing to arrive at the design reduced concrete shear capacity.

For a design involving two or more anchors in a row parallelto an edge, this value is the average capacity of each anchorassuming each is loaded equally.

ACTION Note down the value of ØVurc

Note: Consider capacity of two anchors in row closest to edge only, ie. anchor load = V*TOTAL/2 to each anchor.

ACTION Note down the value for Xvn

Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchorSTEP 4

Checkpoint 4

Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc

ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN)

n = 3

V*TOTAL

n = 2

V*TOTAL

n = 2

V*TOTAL

Assume slotted holes toprevent shear take up.

Simplified Design Approach3

11

Simplified Design Approach 3

Having calculated the concrete shear capacity above (ØVurc),consideration must now be given to other failure mechanisms.

Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel shearcapacity (ØVus) from table(s) 5a.

ACTION Note down the value for ØVus

For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise aseparate bolt such as the range of Cast-In Ferrules and theDynaSet™ anchor, make use of step 5b to verify the reducedcharacteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity (ØVsf).

Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchorSTEP 5

Checkpoint 5

Now that we have obtained capacity information for all shear failure mechanisms, verify which one is controlling the design.

This completes the shear design process, we now look to verifythat adequate combined capacity is available for load caseshaving both shear and tensile components.

Design reduced shear capacity, ØVur

ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf

Check V* / ØVur ≤ 1,


For load cases having both tensile and shear components,verify that the relationship represented here is satisfied.

Combined loading and specificationSTEP 6

Checkpoint 6

Check

N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2,


Specify the product to be used as detailed.

12

3.2 WORKED EXAMPLEVerify capacity of the anchors detailed below:

Given data:

As the design process considers design action effects PER anchor, distribute the total load case to each anchor as is deemed appropriate.

In this case, equal load distribution is considered appropriate hence,

Given that each of the ‘interior’ anchors is influenced by twoadjacent anchors, verify capacity for anchor ‘B’ in this case.

From the information presented in tables 5.1 – 5.3, it is established that SpaTec™ anchors will be suitable for selection.

Having completed the preliminary selection component of thedesign process, commence the Strength Limit State Designprocess.

Concrete compressive strength f’c 50 MPa

Design tensile action effect N*TOTAL 80 kN

Design shear action effect V*TOTAL 180 kN

Edge distance e 250 mm

Anchor spacing a 150 mm

Fixture plate + grout thickness t 42 mm

No. of anchors in shear n 4

Design tensile action effect (per anchor) N* 20 kN

Design shear action effect (per anchor) V* 45 kN

A B C D

V*TOTAL

α = 30°

250

150 150 150

Worked Example3

13

Worked Example 3

Refer to table 1a, ‘Indicative combined loading – interactiondiagram’ on page 45. Applying both the N* value and V* valueto the interaction, it can be seen that the intersection of thetwo values falls within the M16 “band”.

ACTION M16 anchor size selected.

Confirm that absolute minima requirements are met.

From table 1b (page 45) for SpaTec™, it is required that edge distance, e > 170 mm. and that anchor spacing, a > 120 mm.

The design values of e = 250 mm and a = 150 mm complywith these minima, hence continue to step 1c.

The effective depth, h, is calculated by making reference to the ‘Description and Part Numbers’ table on page 44 andcalculating effective depth, h = Le - t. Two options are availablefor the M16 SpaTec™. Given that the fixture thickness value ‘t’ is quite large, select the longer of the two M16 SpaTec™

anchors available.

Hence, h = 150 - 42= 108 mm

ACTION h = 108Anchor selected is SA16167

Select anchor to be evaluatedSTEP 1

Checkpoint 1

Anchor size selected ? M16

Absolute minimaYescompliance achieved ?

Anchor effectiveh = 108 mm with SA16167depth calculated ?

Referring to table 2a, consider the value obtained for an M16 anchor at h = 110 mm (closest to our design value of h = 108 mm).

ACTION ØNuc = 54.6 kN

Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xncvalue from table 2b.

ACTION Xnc = 1.25

Verify the edge distanced effect, tension, Xne value from table 2c.

ACTION Xne = 1.00 (no effect)

As we are considering anchor ‘B’ for this example, use table 2e on page 47 to verify the anchor spacing effect,internal to a row, tension, Xnai value. If we were inspectinganchors ‘A’ or ‘D’ we would use table 2d for anchors at the end of a row.

ACTION Xnai = 0.45

ACTION ØNurc = 30.7 kN


Checkpoint 2

Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc

ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * Xnai (kN)

= 54.6 * 1.25 * 1.00 * 0.45

= 30.7 kN

14

From table 3a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate steeltensile capacity, ØNus.

For an M16 SpaTec™, ØNus = 100.5 kN.

ACTION ØNus = 100.5 kN


Checkpoint 3

ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus

In this case ØNur = 30.7 kN(governed by concrete capacity).


20 / 30.7 = 0.65 ≤ 1Tensile design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 4.

Referring to table 4a, consider the value obtained for an M16anchor at e = 250 mm.

ACTION ØVuc = 80.2 kN

Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xvcvalue from table 4b.

ACTION Xvc = 1.25

Verify the load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvdvalue using table 4c.

ACTION Xvd = 1.32 for angle of 30 degrees to normal.

Verify the anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xvavalue using table 4d.

ACTION Xva = 0.62

In order to distribute the shear load evenly to all anchors in the group, the multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvnvalue is retrieved from table 4e.

The ratio of (a / e) for this design case is 150 / 250 = 0.6.

ACTION Xvn = 0.69

ACTION ØVurc = 56.6 kN


Checkpoint 4

Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc

ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN)

= 80.2 * 1.25 * 1.32 * 0.62 * 0.69

= 56.6 kN

From table 5a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus.

The shear capacity available from the SpaTec™ anchor is subject to its effective depth, h value. As was noted earlier h = 108 mm for this example, hence,

for an M16 SpaTec™ at h = 108 mm, ØVus = 104.5 kN

ACTION ØVus = 104.5 kN


Checkpoint 5

ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus

In this case ØVur = 56.6 kN(governed by concrete capacity).


45 / 56.6 = 0.80 ≤ 1Shear design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 6.

Worked Example3

15

Worked Example 3

Check that the combined loading relationship is satisfied:

Reviewing the design process, examine the critical factorsinfluencing the overall anchor capacity.

For tension (governed by concrete failure),

ØNuc = 54.6 kNXnc = 1.25Xne = 1.00Xnai = 0.45

It can be seen from the above values that whilst the concretecompressive strength effect, Xnc improves the design ultimatetensile capacity, the anchor spacing effect, Xnai significantlyreduces design ultimate tensile capacity.

Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value of Xnai.

For shear (governed by concrete failure),

ØVuc = 80.2 kNXvc = 1.25Xvd = 1.32Xva = 0.62Xvn = 0.69

Again, the concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc improvesthe design ultimate shear capacity. Anchor spacing effect, Xvareduces the design ultimate shear capacity.

Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value of Xva.

Note that increasing the anchor spacing for this design willimprove Xnai, Xva and Xvn.

Re-consider the design using the adjusted values with anchorspacing, “a” set at 200 mm.

ØNuc = 54.6 kNXnc = 1.25Xne = 1.00Xnai = 0.61

Hence ØNurc = 41.6 kN (at a = 200 mm).

ØVuc = 80.2 kNXvc = 1.25Xvd = 1.32Xva = 0.66Xvn = 0.74 (at a = 200 mm, hence a / e = 0.8)

Hence ØVurc = 64.6 kN (at a = 200 mm).

Now,


Checkpoint 6


20 / 30.7 + 45 / 56.6 = 1.44 > 1.2

Combined loading criteria FAILED.


20 / 41.6 + 45 / 64.6 = 1.17 < 1.2

Combined loading criteria PASSES.

SpecifyRamset™ SpaTec™ Anchor,

M16 (SA16167).Maximum fixed thickness to be 42 mm.

To be installed in accordance withRamset™ Technical Data Sheet

16

4

4.1 ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE4.1.1 RAMSET™ ANCHOR DESIGN

SOFTWARE v1.3

Ramset™ Anchor Design Software is provided to assist in thechoice of a suitable fastener which meets a specific set ofdesign inputs and is intended for use by suitably qualifieddesign professionals.

The program attempts to acquire the minimum data needed tofully specify the anchoring problem,

~ substrate details

~ adverse environments

~ interfering edges and anchors

~ load case information

and to offer a range of anchors which meet the requirement.

Additional information prompts with defaults, ensuring it hasbeen considered. Once a selection has been made all inputs,calculated values and installation details are available as output.

The Ramset™ Anchor Design Software is ideal for consideringcomplex anchor layouts and grouped anchor configurations.Note that the calculations being performed relate to the singlefastener currently at the reference location. The softwareprovides a calculation of the viability of THAT anchor andassumes that all other anchors:

~ are the same type

~ have the same installation conditions,

~ are subject to the same force.

For multiple anchor connections, the design professional musttherefore distribute the applied load case(s) to each anchor inthe group and evaluate each anchor separately.

This approach allows the designer flexibility in distributingloads to anchors so as to optimise the connection detailwithout the constraints of a software imposed distributionmethod.

The software will check that the substrate thickness isadequate for allowing anchor capacity to be generated. TheStructural Engineer should check the substrates sectionalcapacity for resisting the applied load.

By default the software will select from a wide range offasteners types that suit the design parameters of the specificanchor.

4.1.2 USE OF THE RAMSET™ DESIGNSOFTWARE

Having installed and run the program proceed to the toolbar atthe top of the screen and select the "New" button, this willbring you to the first of four input screens.

Project/Customer Details

On the first screen (Fig. 1) enter Project/Customer Details. These are simply details that will help identify the project youare designing and will form part of the printed output that canbe stored as part of the project documentation.

Fig. 1

On completion of these details, the "Next" button located onthe bottom of the screen will move you onto the second inputscreen.

Material Details

On the second screen (Fig. 2) enter the Material Details.These refer directly to the substrate properties of the projectyou are designing.

Fields which must be completed are;

~ Fixture and Non Structural Space ThicknessThis refers to the thickness of the fixture and the nonstructural gap which is any non structural material (e.g. plaster, grout, packer, foam) in between the substrateand the fixture.

~ Structural Depth and Compressive StrengthThis refers to the substrate thickness and its compressivestrength. Note that the program assumes the substrate is asolid homogeneous material with a particular compressivestrength. Therefore it cannot design hollow block fixings,however core-filled blockwork can be analysed using anequivalent compressive strength value.

Anchor Design Software 4

17

Fields which may be completed to help define the anchorselection criteria are:

(Note if these fields are left blank then the program willconsider all possible anchors in the range that would besuitable for the design conditions you impose.)

~ Fastener EnvironmentThese boxes can be "ticked" if there is a particular attributethe anchor must exhibit. e.g. Selecting the "Corrosive"attribute will ensure only galvanised and stainless steelfixings are considered and eliminate zinc plated anchors.

~ Anchor for ConsiderationYou can individually select specific anchor types to beconsidered in the design, and eliminate any that you do notwish to be evaluated.

The screen should then be similar to the following.

On completion of the details, the "Next" button will move youonto the third input screen, or alternatively hit "Previous" tomake any changes to the first input screen.

Layout of Dimensional Considerations.

On the third screen (Fig. 3) enter the layout of edges andother fasteners which may affect the design.

These are details on the anchor layout, which enable any lossin capacity due to being close to an edge or a neighbouringfastener, of the particular connection you are designing to betaken into account.

Select the "Layout" button.

Select your anchor group configuration, e.g. for a 2 x 2 anchorlayout select the "four" line. Now fill out all the applicable edgedistances and spacings. Note that you do not have to enter inall the edges if the anchors are located internally within a slabor panel. Once you are satisfied with the layout, select the"Finish" button.

Fig. 2

You will notice from the above diagram the fastener in thecross hairs is the reference fastener location upon which allcalculations are made. You are able to change the fastener toone of the other anchors - details on how to do this can befound by selecting the "Help" button.

The "Concrete Compaction Factor" represents the quality ofthe concrete. For well vibrated and compacted concrete, thisvalue should be set at 1.0. For poorly finished or unsupervisededge concrete, set the value at 1.5.

On Completion of all details, the "Next" button moves youonto the final input screen, or alternatively select "Previous"to make any changes to the second input screen.

Limit State or Working Load Design

The fourth screen (Fig. 4) requires you to enter either the Limit State or Working Load Design Loads - applied loadon the single anchor position selected. This refers to theloads applied on the anchor in question, and can either beentered in as a Limit State Load or a Working Load.

To design in Limit State, select the "Change to Limit StateDesign" button. You can then adjust the reduction factors as required.

Finally input the applied loads on the anchor you are designing,remembering that this load is applied to the single anchorposition only.

You will note that the Shear force is split into "Y" and "Z" axiscomponents. Entering a +ve load in the "Y" box will mean itwill be directed toward the top of the screen, if you wish todirect the load in the opposite direction simply input the valueas a -ve load. Likewise for the "Z" axis.

Fig. 3

Anchor Design Software4

18

You will notice on the above screen that the anchors are listedin order of capacity utilised and also display a relative cost,which is an index cost allowing you to compare theapproximate installed cost of the various types of suitableanchors.

Select your preferred anchor via the "Select" button and thescreen will then show the design output screen. This screenshows you the Design Inputs, parameters which you haveentered and computed Design Outputs which includescapacities, governing factors and installation dimensions. If youwould like to see the detailed calculations, then select therelevant tabs, i.e. Design, Layout, Cross Section and Installation.

On completion, the "Finish" button will commence thecomputation of all the possible solutions for the parametersyou have entered. The possible solutions will be displayed inthe "Possible Acceptable Anchors" dialogue box.

It is important to note that if the input design parameterswere incomplete or no possible solutions could be found,the program will advise as to the reasons why, (e.g. anchors too close to edge). You are then able toadjust the design as detailed, using the design input iconson the summary output screen (Fig. 6).

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

The icons in the top right hand corner of the screen enable youto navigate through the completed design.

The first four from the left are actually the four design inputscreens you have just completed.

The fifth icon (calculator icon) allows you to recalculate forpossible solutions in case you make any amendments or wouldlike to select a different anchor.

The next icon (printer icon) allows you to print a summary ofthe design, which will show the project description, anchorlayout, design inputs and outputs. More detailed printouts areavailable if you go to "File" then "Print..." then select theprintout you would like.

The next icon (disk icon) allows you to save the design forfuture reference and can be retrieved at a later date.

For a copy of our latest Design Software, contact your localspecialist Ramset™ Sales Engineer (details on inside frontcover) for a demonstration.

Fig. 6

19

5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS5

Coastal EnvironmentExternal

Coastal EnvironmentInternal

Inland EnvironmentExternal

Alpine EnvironmentExternal

Alpine EnvironmentInternal

Industrial Enviro.External

Industrial Enviro.Internal

Submerged HoleAfter Set

Hollow Block(Web)

Hollow Block(Cavity)

Inland EnvironmentInternal

Tropical EnvironmentExternal

Tropical EnvironmentInternal

Internal Wet Areas

Dry Hole

Damp Hole

Water Filled Hole

Fire Resistant

Solid Concrete

Solid Clay Brick

Wire Cut Clay Brick

SpaTec Boa Coil AnkaScrewTruBolt DynaBolt DynaSet RediDrive ShureDrive RamPlugHiShear8.8

EasyDriveNylon

ChemSetSpin

ChemSet800 Series

ChemSetHammer

ChemSet101

ANCHOR

✓(SS)

✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓(SS)

✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓(SS)

✓(SS)

✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓

✓

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)

✓(Gal)

✓(Gal)

✓(Gal)

✓(Gal)

✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)

✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)

✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)

✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)

✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)

✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)



✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓(SS)

✓(SS)

✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓(SS)

✓(SS)

✓(SS)

✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ● ●✓

✓

✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ● ●✓

● ●✓

✓ ✓✓ ✓

✓*

✓*

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

LEGEND ✓ = Recommended ● = Possible* With accessories.

5

20

5.2 ANCHOR FEATURE GUIDEThe following chart provides a quick guide for selecting theappropriate Ramset™ Concrete Anchor to suit your needs. Please refer to page 5 for the Legend of Symbols for a detailedexplanation of the symbols used.

SpaTec™ Safety Anchor

Boa™ Coil Anchor

TruBolt™ Anchor

HiShear 8.8™ Anchor

DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt

DynaBolt™ Anchor

AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchor

RamPlug™ Nylon Anchor

ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule & Stud

ChemSet™ Maxima™ Capsule & Stud

ChemSet™ Injection 101 Series Mortar & Stud

ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series Mortar & Stud

DynaSet™ Drop In Anchor

RediDrive™ Anchor

ShureDrive™ Anchor

EasyDrive™ Nylon Anchor

Ferrules – Elephants Feet

Ferrules – Round

Ferrules – TCM Stainless Steel

PRODUCT PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓

5

21

SpaTec™ Safety Anchor

Boa™ Coil Anchor

TruBolt™ Anchor

HiShear 8.8™ Anchor

DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt

DynaBolt™ Anchor

AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchor

RamPlug™ Nylon Anchor

ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule & Stud

ChemSet™ Maxima™ Capsule & Stud

ChemSet™ Inj. 101 Series Mortar & Stud

ChemSet™ Inj. 800 Series Mortar & Stud

DynaSet™ Drop In Anchor

RediDrive™ Anchor

ShureDrive™ Anchor

EasyDrive™ Nylon Anchor

Ferrules – Elephants Feet

Ferrules – Round

Ferrules – TCM Stainless Steel

INSTALLATION RELATED

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓✓ ✓ ✓ ✓✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PRODUCT

LEGEND ✓ = Recommended

22

ENVIRONMENT Concentrate % Hammer Caps Spin Capsule 100 Series 800 Series SS Fixings Gal ZincAcetic Acid 10 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Acetic Acid 30 ✓ – ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗

Acetic Acid Concentrate ✓ – ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗

Acetone 25 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗

Acetone 100 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ – – –Ammonia (aq) Concentrate ✗ – – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Ammonia Gas – – ✓ – – ✓ – –Aniline 100 ✗ ✗ – – – – –Battery (Accumulator) Acid – ✓ – ✓ ✓ – ✗ ✗

Beer – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Benzene – ✗ ✗ – – ✓ – –Benzol ✗ – – – ✓ – –Boric Acid (aq) ✓ – – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Bromine Any – – – – ✓ – –Butanol 100 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Calcium Carbonate All ✓ – – – ✓ – –Calcium Chloride (aq) Any ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Calcium Hydroxide (aq) – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Carbon Dioxide 100 – ✓ – – ✓ – –Carbon Monoxide 100 – ✓ – – ✓ – –Carbon Tetrachloride 10 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Carbon Tetrachloride Concentrate ✗ – – – ✓ – –Cement Suspension Saturated – ✓ – – ✓ – –Citric Acid 15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Citric Acid Any ✓ – ✓ ✓ – ✗ ✗

Common Salt Solution Any ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Copper Nitrate Any – – – – ✓ – –Copper Sulphate Any – – – – ✓ – –Diesel Fuel 100 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Distilled Water ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Engine Oil 100 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Ethanol 10 – ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ – –Ethanol 40 – ✗ ✗ ✓ ✓ – –Ethanol 50 ✗ ✗ – – ✓ – –Ethyl Acetate 100 – ✗ – – ✓ – –Formaldehyde (aq) 30 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Formic Acid 10 ✓ – ✓ ✓ – ✗ ✗

Formic Acid 40 ✓ – ✗ ✓ – ✗ ✗

Formic Acid 100 ✓ – ✗ ✓ – ✗ ✗

Fuel Oil – ✓ – – – ✓ – –Freon – ✓ – – – ✓ – –Gasoline – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Glycerine – ✓ – – – ✓ – –Ethylene Glycol 100 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Heptane 100 – ✗ – – ✓ – –Hydrochloric Acid 1 ✗ – ✗ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Hydrochloric Acid 10 ✗ – ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗

Hydrochloric Acid 20 ✗ – ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗

Hydrochloric Acid Concentrate ✗ – ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗

Hydrogen Fluoride 20 – ✓ – – – ✗ ✗

Hydrogen Peroxide 10 – ✗ ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗

Hydrogen Peroxide 30 – ✗ ✗ ✗ – ✗ ✗

Iodine 100 – – – – ✗ ✗ ✗

Isopropyl Alcohol 100 ✓ – – – ✓ – –Lactic Acid 10 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Lactic Acid Any ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

aq = aqueous solution (diluted)% = % by weight

LEGEND ✓ = Resistant ✗ = Not Resistant

5.3 CHEMICAL RESISTANCEResistance of anchors exposed to:

5

23

ENVIRONMENT Concentrate % Hammer Caps Spin Capsule 100 Series 800 Series SS Fixings Gal ZincLaitance – ✓ – – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Linseed Oil 100 ✓ – – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Machine Oil 100 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Magnesium Chloride All ✓ – – – – – –Methanol 10 – ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Methanol 100 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ – –Motor Oil 100 ✗ ✗ – – ✓ – –Nitric Acid 10 ✗ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Nitric Acid 20 ✗ ✓ – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Nitric Acid 30 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗

Nitric Acid 50 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗

Nitric Acid Concentrate ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗

Oleic Acid 100 ✓ – – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Perchlorethylene 100 ✗ ✗ – – ✓ – –Petrol 100 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Petroleum 100 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Phenol 1 ✓ – – – – ✗ ✗

Phenol 100 ✗ ✗ – – – ✗ ✗

Phosphoric Acid 10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✗ ✗

Phosphoric Acid 20 – – ✓ ✓ – ✗ ✗

Phosphoric Acid 30 – – ✗ ✓ – ✗ ✗

Phosphoric Acid Concentrate ✗ ✗ ✗ – – ✗ ✗

Potassium Carbonate Any ✓ – – – ✓ – –Potassium Chloride All ✓ – – – ✓ – –Potassium Hydroxide 10 ✓ ✓ – – ✓ – –Potassium Hydroxide 40 ✓ ✓ – – ✓ – –Potassium Nitrate Any ✓ – – – – – –Rain Water 100 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗

River Water – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Sea Water – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Sewerage – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Soap Water Any ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✗ ✗

Sodium Carbonate (aq) Any ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Sodium Chloride (aq) Any ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Sodium Hydroxide 10 ✓ – ✗ ✓ ✓ – –Sodium Hydroxide 20 ✓ – ✗ ✓ – – –Sodium Hydroxide 40 ✓ – ✗ – – – –Sodium Hydroxide 50 ✗ – ✗ – – – –Sodium Phosphate Any ✓ – – – – – –Sodium Silicate Any ✓ – ✓ ✓ – – –Sulphuric Acid 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Sulphuric Acid 10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗

Sulphuric Acid 20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗

Sulphuric Acid 30 ✓ ✓ – – ✗ ✗ ✗

Sulphuric Acid Concentrate ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗

Swimming Pool Water Any ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗

Tannic Acid 10 – – – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Tap Water – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗

Tataric Acid Any ✓ – – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Tetrochloroethylene 100 ✓ – – – ✓ – –Toluene 100 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ – –Trichloroethylene 100 ✗ – – – ✓ – –Turpentine – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –Washing Powder 100 – ✓ – – ✓ ✗ ✗

Xylene 100 ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ – –

LEGEND ✓ = Resistant ✗ = Not Resistantaq = aqueous solution (diluted)% = % by weight

5

24

ANCHORINGTECHNOLOGY

Internationally, design standards are becoming moreprobabilistic in nature and require sound Engineeringassessment of both load case information and componentcapacity data to ensure safety as well as economy.

Published capacity data for Ramset™ Fasteners anchoringproducts are derived from Characteristic UltimateCapacities.

From a series of controlled performance tests, under test conditions Ultimate Failure Loads are established for a product.

Obviously, the value obtained in each test will varyslightly, and after obtaining a sufficient quantity of testsamples, the Ultimate Failure Loads are able to be plottedon a chart.

Test values will typically centre about a mean value.

Once the mean Failure Load is established, a statisticallysound derivation is carried out to establish theCharacteristic Ultimate Capacity which allows for thevariance in results as well as mean values.

The Characteristic Value chosen is that which ensuresthat a 90% confidence is obtained that 95% of all testresults will fall above this value.

From this value, and dependent on local design requirements,the design professional may then undertake either a strengthlimit state or working load design assessment of theapplication at hand, confident that they are working with state of the art capacity information.

6.1 DERIVATION OF CAPACITY

x = Mean Ultimate CapacityXuc = Characteristic Ultimate Capacity

Tested ultimate load

Quan

tity

of te

st re

sults

xXuc

6

6

25

6.2.1 GENERAL

Ramset™ anchors are high quality, precision made fasteningssecured with either a torque induced setting action, adisplacement induced setting action, a chemical bonding action,or are cast into the plastic concrete.

Resistance to tensile loads is provided by mechanisms whichdepend upon the type of anchor, and its method of setting.Information on the elements that comprise the resistancemechanisms is given separately for each type of anchor.

Generally, shear load resistance mechanisms are more uniformamongst anchors, and comprise these elements:

~ the bolt or stud, and in some cases, the steel spacer of the anchor.

~ the ability of the anchor to resist the bending momentinduced by the shear force.

~ the compressive strength of the concrete.

~ the shear and tensile strength of the concrete at the surfaceof the potential concrete failure wedge.

When loaded to failure in concrete shear, an anchor located near an edge breaks a triangular wedge away from the concrete.

6.2 ANCHORING PRINCIPLES

e

Load

Anchor

Concrete Wedge

Drilled hole

CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE

6.2.2 TORQUE SETTING ANCHORS

SpaTec™, TruBolt™, and DynaBolt™ anchors are insertedthrough the hole in the fixture, into a hole drilled into theconcrete, and are set by the application of assembly torque tothe nut or bolt head.

The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outerdiameter of the anchor. When torque is applied to the bolt heador nut of the anchor, the cone is drawn up into the sleeve toexpand its effective diameter. The wedge action of the cone nutin the sleeve increases with increasing torque. The reaction ofthe concrete against the expanded sleeve of the anchor createsa high friction force between the anchor and the wall of thedrilled hole. The body of the concrete contains and restricts theexpansion forces. The application of assembly torque producesa preload between the fixture and the concrete.

If increasing load were to be applied to the fixture, preloadwould reduce and finally be removed. At this point, the steelcone would begin to be drawn further into the expansionsleeve. When loaded to failure in concrete tension, the failuremode of a correctly installed anchor is characterised by theformation of a concrete cone, the apex of which is located atthe effective depth of the anchor.

Alternatively, if the tensile capacity of the steel is exceeded,the anchor will break.

TORQUE SETTING ACTIONSpaTec™, TruBolt™ & DynaBolt™ Anchors

continued over

Anchoring Technology

6

26

6.2.2 TORQUE SETTING ANCHORS cont.

Effective depth is the effective length, Le of the anchor less thefixture thickness, t.

h = Le - t

Note that for the purpose of calculating “h”, the fixturethickness “t” should include the thickness of non structuralgrout, packing, etc.

Applied tensile loads are resisted by these elements:

~ the anchor bolt or stud.

~ the wedge action of the steel cone in the sleeve.

~ friction between the expanded sleeve and the drilled hole.

~ shear and tension at the surface of the potential concrete cone.

6.2.3 ROTATION SETTING ANCHORS

The Boa™ Coil anchor is set by driving the anchor into the holewith a hammer up to the “depth set” mark and then, using aspanner or wrench, rotating the bolt through the coil, therebysetting the anchor.

The diameter of the drilled hole is a similar size to that of the anchor.

Resistance to tensile load is provided by the two (2)components which make up the Boa™ Coil anchor, the “bolt”and the “coil”.

The reaction of the concrete against the expanded anchorcreates a high friction force and an undercut forms betweenthe anchor and the hole wall. The body of the concretecontains and restricts the expansion forces. The action oftightening the anchor bolt against the fixture produces apreload between the fixture and the concrete.

As the applied tensile load increases, a commensuratedecrease in preload occurs, until at some point after all preloadhas been removed, first slip occurs.

Concrete is locally crushed around the coil as it beds in further,accompanied by an increase in load capacity.

When failure occurs in the concrete the mode of failure is abroaching effect whereby load is still being held until theapplied load is equivalent to the shear and tensile capacity ofthe concrete, at this point a cone of failure occurs. There islittle or no damage done to the anchor bolt, but the Boa™ Coilis destroyed, and must be replaced if the anchor bolt is to bere-used.

hLe

t

Applied tensile load

Anchor

CONCRETE CONE FAILURE MODE


6

27

6.2.4 DISPLACEMENT SETTING ANCHORS

DynaSet™ anchors are inserted into a drilled hole, and set by the displacement of the expander plug.

The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outerdiameter of the anchor. When the expander plug is fully drivenhome (displaced), it expands the lower portion of the anchorbody, to increase its effective diameter. Because the anchor isexpanded by a series of blows to a setting punch, a certainamount of shock loading is imparted to the concreteimmediately adjacent. The reaction of the concrete against the expanded body of the anchor creates a high friction forcebetween the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole. The bodyof the concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces. A bolt is subsequently screwed into the anchor.

The mode of failure in concrete tension is characterised by theformation of a shear cone, the apex of which is located at theeffective depth of the anchor.

Applied tensile loads are resisted by the following elements:

~ the bolt.

~ the steel annulus of the anchor.

~ friction between the expanded anchor and the drilled hole.


6.2.5 CHEMICAL ANCHORS

ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules, ChemSet™ HammerCapsules, ChemSet™ Injection Systems anchors are set in adrilled hole by the hardening of the chemical mortar.

The mortar penetrates the pores and irregularities of the basematerial and forms a key around the threads of the stud. Thecured mortar becomes a hard, strong material that transfersload to the base material via mechanical and adhesive bondswith the surface of the drilled hole.

When tested to failure, a shallow concrete cone may form atthe top of the anchor. This cone does not necessarily contributeto the tensile strength of the anchor, but simply registers thedepth at which the concrete cone strength happens to equateto the cumulative bond strength of the adhesive to the sides ofthe hole. For a given concrete strength, the stronger theadhesive bond, the deeper the cone.

Applied tensile loads are resisted by:

~ the stud.

~ bond between the stud and the mortar shear in the mortarbond between the mortar and the concrete.

~ shear and tension in the concrete.

Setting tool

DISPLACEMENT SETTING DYNASET™ ANCHORS

CHEMICAL ANCHORING

Adhesive covered stud

Applied tensile loadAnchor

Concrete cone

CONCRETE BOND FAILURE MODE


6

28

6.2.6 CAST-IN ANCHORS

Prior to pouring the concrete, Ramset™ Ferrules are placed in theform and typically fixed to it or to the reinforcement mesh. Theyare retained in the hardened concrete by either the enlargementon the base of the anchor, or by a bar located in the cross-hole.

The mode of failure in concrete tension, is characterised by theformation of a concrete cone, the apex of which is located at theeffective depth of the anchor.

Applied tensile loads are resisted by:

~ the bolt screwed into the insert.

~ the steel annulus of the insert.

~ steel capacity at the reduced section (cross-hole).

~ shear strength in the base enlargement, or the cross-bar.


6.3.1 SUITABILITY

Ramset™ anchors can be used in plain or in reinforced concrete. It is recommended that the cutting of reinforcement be avoided.The specified characteristic compressive strength "f’c" will notautomatically be appropriate at the particular location of theanchor. The designer should assess the strength of the concreteat the location of the anchor making due allowance for degree ofcompaction, age of the concrete, and curing conditions. Particular care should be taken in assessing strength near edgesand corners, because of the increased risk of poor compactionand curing. Where the anchor is to be placed effectively in thecover zone of closely spaced reinforcement, the designer shouldtake account of the risk of separation under load of the coverconcrete from the reinforcement.

Concrete strength "f’c" determined by standard cylinders, isused directly in the equations. Where strength is expressed inconcrete cubes, a conversion is given in the following table:

Where structural base materials are covered with a non-structural material such as plaster or render, anchorsshould be embedded to the design depth in the structural basematerial. Allowance must be made for the thickness of the non-structural material when considering the application ofshear loads, and in determining the moment arm of appliedbending moments.

In hollow block masonry, where the cores are filled withconcrete grout, Ramset™ anchors may be designed and specifiedsimilarly as in concrete, provided the designer assesses theeffective strength of the masonry including the joints.

However, it is not advisable to use certain heavy duty anchorsin unfilled hollow masonry units (either bricks or blocks). These heavy duty anchors include all SpaTec™, TruBolt™ andChemSet™ capsule anchors, and DynaBolt™, Boa™ Coil anchor,DynaSet™, and Chemical Injection anchors greater than M12 indiameter. In any case the designer should assess the effectivestrength of the masonry including the joints, and determinehow the loading is to be transferred to the masonry structure.Load tests should be conducted on site to assist in assessingmasonry strength.

Ramset™ heavy and medium duty anchors are not recommended for low strength base materials such asautoclaved aerated concrete, except for ChemSet™ InjectionSystem studs up to M12.

ELEPHANTS' FEET, ROUND & TCM FERRULES

6.3 BASE MATERIALS

Cube Strength β (N/mm2) 20 30 40 50 60

Cylinder Strength f’c (MPa) 15 24 33 42 51

The design engineer is responsible for theoverall design and dimensioning of thestructural element to resist the service loadsapplied to it by the anchor.


6

29

Concrete Edge

am

Prohibited zone

Free zone

em

Prohibitedzone

PROHIBITED ZONES FOR SPACINGS AND EDGESMinimumconcretethickness

'bm'

Edge distance "e"

2em

1.5h2.0h

em

CONCRETE THICKNESS

Concrete Edge

2*em

Prohibited zone

Free zone

emProhibited

zone

PROHIBITED ZONES AT CORNER FOREXPANSION ANCHORS

Spacings, edge distances, and concrete thicknesses are limitedto absolute minima, in order to avoid risks of splitting orspalling of the concrete during the setting of Ramset™ torqueand displacement setting expansion anchors. Absolute minimafor stress-free anchorages such as chemical and cast-in anchorsare defined on the basis of notional limits, which take accountof the practicalities of anchor placement.

Absolute minimum spacing "am" and absolute minimum edgedistance "em", define prohibited zones where no anchor shouldbe placed. The prohibited spacing zone around an anchor has aradius equal to the absolute minimum spacing. The prohibitedzone at an edge has a width equal to the absolute minimumedge distance.

6.3.2 ABSOLUTE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS

Where an expansion anchor is placed at a corner, there is less resistance to splitting, because of the smaller bulk ofconcrete around the anchor. In order to protect the concrete,the minimum distance from one of the edges is increased totwice the absolute minimum.

The concrete thickness minima given below, does not includeconcrete cover requirements, and are not a guide to thestructural dimensions of the element. It is the responsibility of the design engineer to proportion and reinforce the structural element to carry the loads and moments applied to it by the anchorage, and to ensure that the appropriate cover is obtained.

In order to avoid ‘breakthrough’ during drilling of the hole intowhich anchors will be installed, maintain a cover value to thebase of the hole equal to 2x the drilled hole diameter, dh. ie. fora hole of 20 mm diameter allow 40 mm cover to the rear faceof the substrate component.

In certain circumstances, it may be possible to install anchorsin thinner concrete elements. If cover to the anchor is notrequired, and a degree of spalling can be tolerated between the end of the expansion sleeve and the far surface of theconcrete, embedment close to the far surface may be feasible.More information on the conditions for reduced concretethickness may be obtained from Ramset™ Engineers.

Where an anchor is installed at the absolute minimum edgedistance "em", concrete thickness is at a maximum of 2 * h.(Effective depth "h", is measured from the concrete surface tothe end of the anchor expansion sleeve unless otherwisestated.)


6

30

6.4.1 WORKING LOAD DESIGN

Using the permissible stress method which is still valid in many design situations:

L (applied load) ≤ Ra (working load limit capacity)

Working load limits are derived from characteristic ultimatecapacities and factor of safety:

Ra = Ru / Fs

Factors of safety are related to the mode of failure, andmaterial type, and the following are considered appropriate for structural anchoring designs:

fss = factor of safety for steel in tension and bending= 2.2

fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear= 2.5

fsc = factor of safety for concrete= 3.0

6.4.2 STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN

Designers are advised to adopt the limit state design approachwhich takes account of stability, strength, serviceability,durability, fire resistance, and any other requirements, indetermining the suitability of the fixing. Explanations of thisapproach are found in the design standards for structural steeland concrete. When designing for strength the anchor is tocomply with the following:

ØRu ≥ S*

where:


Ru = characteristic ultimate load carrying capacity

S* = design action effect

ØRu = design strength

Design action effects are the forces, moments, and othereffects, produced by agents such as loads, which act on astructure. They include axial forces (N*), shear forces (V*), and moments (M*), which are established from the appropriate combinations of factored loads as detailed in theAS1170 “Minimum Design Load on Structures” series ofAustralian Standards.

Capacity reduction factors are given below, these typicallycomply with those detailed in AS4100 - “Steel Structures” andAS3600 - “Concrete Structures”. The following capacityreduction factors are considered typical:

Øc = capacity reduction factor, concrete tension= 0.6

Øq = capacity reduction factor, concrete shear= 0.6

Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension= 0.8

Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear= 0.8

Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending= 0.8

Whilst these values are used throughout this document, other values may be used by making the adjustment for Ø as required.

6.4 DESIGNAnchoring Technology

6

31

6.5.1 STEEL TENSION

The characteristic ultimate tensile capacity for the steel of ananchor is obtained from:

Nus = As fu

where:

Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity (N)

As = tensile area (mm2)= stress area for threaded sections (mm2)

fu = characteristic ultimate tensile strength (MPa)

fy = characteristic yield strength (MPa)

The tensile working load limit (permissible stress method) forthe steel of a Ramset™ anchor is obtained from:

Nas = Nus / 2.2

The appropriate concrete compressive strength "f’c" is the actualstrength at the location of the anchor, making due allowance forsite conditions, such as degree of compaction, age of concrete,and curing method.

Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stressmethod) for anchors are obtained from:

Nac = Nuc / 3.0

6.5 TENSION

hh

air gap

h

EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR ANCHORS

6.5.2 CONCRETE CONE

Characteristic ultimate tensile capacities for mechanicalanchors vary in a predictable manner with the relationshipbetween: - hole diameter (dh)

- effective depth (h), and- concrete compressive strength (f’c)

within a limited range of effective depths, h.

This is typically expressed by a formula such as:

Nuc = factor * dbfactor * h1.5 * √f’c

Anchors may have constraints that apply to the effective depth of the anchor or the maximum or minimum concretestrength applicable.

Effective anchor depth is taken from the surface of thestructural concrete to the point where the concrete cone isgenerated. In establishing the effective depth for anchors, thedesigner should allow for any gap expected to exist betweenthe fixture and the concrete prior to clamping down.


6

32

6.5.3 PULL-THROUGH

This mode of failure occurs in expansion anchors under tensileloading, where the applied load exceeds the frictionalresistance between either the cone and the expansion sleeve,or the sleeve and the sides of the drilled hole in the concrete.Failures of this type are often associated with anchors that areimproperly set, or used in larger diameter holes drilled into theconcrete with over-sized drill bits.

The load carrying capacities of anchors with thick-walledexpansion sleeves such as SpaTec™ and properly-set DynaSet™

anchors, are not sensitive to this mode of failure. The recommended limits on concrete strength "f’c" in thedetermination of concrete cone strength for DynaBolt™ andTruBolt™ anchors, act as a precaution against this mode of failure.

6.5.4 CONCRETE BOND

Chemical Anchors

Characteristic ultimate tensile load carrying capacities forconcrete bond failure in the compression zone varies with holedepth, effective depth and concrete strength in a similarmanner to concrete cone failure in mechanical anchors.

Effective anchor depth "h" is taken from the start of theadhesive, (usually the surface of the concrete) to the bottom of the stud. For chemical capsule anchors, it is not usual todeviate from the depths given in the Section Properties andData. Whilst it is essential to provide sufficient resin to fill thespace between the stud and the concrete, the installer mustavoid excessive overspill. Hole depths for capsule anchors maybe increased in increments related to the volume of capsulesavailable. It is recommended to seek advice from Ramset™

Technical Staff before deviating from the recommended holedepths or hole diameters.

The appropriate concrete strength "f’c" to be used in theseequations, is the actual strength at the location of the anchor,making due allowance for site conditions, such as degree ofcompaction, age of concrete, and curing method.

Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stressmethod) for Ramset™ chemical anchors are obtained from:

Nac = Nuc / 3.0

h

EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR CHEMICAL ANCHORS


6

33

6.5.5 CRITICAL SPACING

In a group of mechanical anchors loaded in tension, the spacingat which the cone shaped zones of concrete failure just beginto overlap at the surface of the concrete, is termed the criticalspacing, ac.

For chemical anchors the critical spacing is determined byinterference between the cylindrically shaped zones of stresssurrounding the anchors.

At the critical spacing, the capacity of one anchor is on thepoint of being reduced by the zone of influence of the otheranchor. Ramset™ anchors placed at or greater than criticalspacings are able to develop their full tensile loads, as limitedby concrete cone or concrete bond capacity. Anchors atspacings less than critical are subject to reduction in allowableconcrete tensile loads.

Both ultimate and working loads on anchors spaced betweenthe critical and the absolute minimum, are subject to areduction factor "Xna", the value of which depends upon theposition of the anchor within the row:

Nucr = Xna * Nuc

for strength limit state design.

And, for permissible stress method analysis:

Nar = Xna * Nac

For anchors influenced by the cones of two other anchors, as aresult for example, of location internal to a row:

Xna = a / ac ≤ 1

Unequal distances ("a1" and "a2", both < ac) from twoadjacent anchors, are averaged for an anchor internal to a row:

Xna = 0.5 (a1 + a2) / ac

If the anchors are at the ends of a row, each influenced by the cone of only one other anchor:

Xna = 0.5 (1 + a/ac) ≤ 1

The cone of anchor A is influenced by the cones of anchors B and C, but not additionally by the cone of anchor D. "Xna" isthe appropriate reduction factor as a conservative solution.

Critical spacing defines a critical zone around a given anchor,for the placement of further anchors. The critical spacing zonehas a radius equal to the critical spacing. The concrete tensilestrengths of anchors falling within the critical zone arereduced. For clarity, the figure includes the prohibited zone as well as the critical zone.

ac

Cone of Failure Anchors

a

aacBond cylinders

Anchors

a a aCone of Failure Anchors

ANCHORS IN A ROW

A B

C D

ANCHOR GROUP INTERACTION

CRITICAL

No influence. Interactionoccurs betweenfailure cones.

Capacity reductionnecessary.

Risk of cracking.

REDUCTION PROHIBITED

a ≥ ac a < amac > a > am


6

34

6.5.6 CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE

At the critical edge distance for anchors loaded in tension,reduction in tensile loads just commences, due to interferenceof the edge with the zone of influence of the anchor.

Cast-In and Expansion Anchors

The critical edge distance (ec) for expansion and cast-inanchors is taken as one and a half times effective depth:

ec = 1.5 * h

Chemical Anchors

For chemical anchors the critical edge distance is determinedby interference between the edge and the cylindrically shapedzones of stress surrounding the anchors.

ec = 4 * db

If the edge lies between the critical and the absolute minimumdistance from the anchor, the concrete tensile load reductionco-efficient "Xe", is obtained from the following formula:

Xe = 0.3 + 0.7 * e / ec ≤ 1

where:

Xe = edge reduction factor tension

Critical edge distances define critical zones for the placement of anchors with respect to an edge. The critical edge zone hasa width equal to the critical edge distance. The concrete tensile strengths of anchors falling within the critical zone arereduced. For clarity, the figure includes the prohibited zone aswell as the critical zone.

Rotation Set Anchors

The critical edge distance for Boa™ Coil anchor is taken as:

ec = 6 * db

e

ec

Cone of Failure

Anchor

INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH CONCRETE CONES

ec

Bond cylinder

Anchor

INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH BOND CYLINDER

Concrete Edgeemec

Prohibited zone

Free zone Critical zone

CRITICAL EDGE ZONE


6

35

4 * dhMinimum for bolt shear

1.25 * dbMinimum for bolt and spacer shear

d h

MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEARe

Load

Anchor

Concrete Wedge

Drilled hole

CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE

3 * dbMinimum for bolt shear

d h

MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR

5.6.1 ANCHOR STEEL SHEAR

For an anchor not located close to another anchor nor to a freeconcrete edge, the ultimate shear load will be determined bythe steel shear strength of the anchor, provided the effectivedepth of the anchor is compliant with the following:

SpaTec™

h ≥ 4 * dh

For SpaTec™ it is required that the bottom end of the spacer is inserted at least one and a quarter times hole diameter (1.25 * dh) in order for the shear strength of the spacer to beallowed as contributing to the shear strength of the anchor.

Boa™ Coil

For full bolt shear,

h ≥ 6 * db

A reduced shear capacity is applicable down to a minimumvalue of 3 * db.

TruBolt™

h ≥ 4 * dh

DynaBolt™

h ≥ 3.5 * dh

DynaSet™ anchors are not normally embedded to four times thediameter of the drilled hole, and their characteristic shearcapacities relate to the bending strength of the anchor or shearof the inserted bolt.

The designer should also take into account any conditions thatmay cause bending moments and unbalanced forces to beapplied simultaneously. Any tendency of the fixture to lift awayfrom the surface under load will generate moments and tensionforces.

The characteristic ultimate shear capacity (Vus) for the steel ofan anchor is obtained from:

Vus = 0.62 * As * fu (N)

6.6.2 CONCRETE EDGE SHEAR

Where load is directed either towards or parallel to an edge,and the anchor is located in the proximity of the edge, failuremay occur in the concrete.

6.6 SHEARAnchoring Technology

6

36

6.6.3 SPACING UNDER CONCRETE SHEAR

At a spacing of at least 2.5 times edge distance, there is nointerference between adjacent failure wedges. Where anchorspacing is less than 2.5 times edge distance, the shear loadcapacities in the concrete are subject to a reduction factor "Xva".

Xva = 0.5 ( 1 + a / (2.5 * e)) ≤ 1

The direction of the shear load towards an edge will influencethe concrete edge shear capacity. This is accounted for withthe factor Xvd.

When a row of anchors is subject to a shear load actingtowards an edge, the distribution of each anchors capacity in the anchor group is derived by using the factor Xvn.

V*A = V*B = V*C

ØVur ≥ V*A, V*B, V*C

Two anchors installed on a line normal to the edge, and loadedin shear towards the edge, are treated as a special case.Where the anchors are loaded simultaneously by the samefixture, the ultimate or the concrete edge shear capacity foreach anchor will be influenced by the other anchor. Where thespacing "a" between anchors A and B is less than or equal to"eB" the edge distance of anchor B, the ultimate edge shear foranchor A is equal to anchor B, despite the longer edge distanceof anchor A:

a a

e

Failure wedge

Concrete edge

INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES

Failure wedge

Shear force

Concrete edge

A

B

eB

a

ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE

e1

e2

Failure wedge

Concrete edges

Shear Force

ANCHOR AT A CORNER

For an anchor located at a corner and where the second edgeis parallel to the applied shear, interference by the second edgeupon the shear wedge is taken into account by the followingreduction factor:

Xvs = 0.30 + 0.56 * e1 / e2 ≤ 1

V*

α

n = 3

V*TOTAL

V*A V*B V*C


6

37

Applied load

Moment arm

Fixture

Non-structuralmaterial or gapOne hole diameter

DESIGN BENDING MOMENT

6.7 BENDINGThe designer's calculation of the design bending moment (M*)should include an allowance in the moment arm of one holediameter inwards from the face of the concrete:

M* = V* * ( dh + g + t / 2)

where:

V* = shear design action effect (N)

g = gap between fixture and concrete surface (mm)

t = fixture thickness (mm)

Anchor moments need only be considered if there is a non structural material or gap between the fixture andsubstrate that results in application of a moment to the anchor itself.

In the case of working load limit design, applied moments (M)are calculated as follows:

M = V * ( dh + g + t / 2)

V = applied shear force (N)

Characteristic ultimate bending capacities (Mu), are obtainedfrom the following formula:

Mu = fy * Z

where:

fy = characteristic yield strength (MPa)

Z = section modulus of the anchor (mm3)

and for working load limit bending moment (Ma):

Ma = Mu / fss= Mu / 2.2


6

38

6.8.2 SHEAR AND BENDING

There is no reduction in shear capacity in the case of combinedbending and shear. Shear capacity and bending capacity arechecked independently.

6.8.3 TENSION AND SHEAR

Design for combined tension and shear, requires firstly thedetermination of anchor capacities. Strength limit state designcapacities are taken as:

ØNur = ØcNurc ≤ ØnNus

ØVur = ØqVur ≤ ØvVus

where:


ØNur = design reduced ultimate tensile capacity

ØVur = design reduced ultimate shear capacity

Øc = capacity reduction factor concrete tension

Øq = edge capacity reduction factor concrete shear,recommended as 0.6

Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension,recommended as 0.8

Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear, recommended as 0.8

Working load capacities are determined as follows:

Na = Nar ≤ Nsr

Va = Var ≤ Vas

where:

Na = working load limit tensile capacity

Va = working load limit shear capacity

Strength limit state combination of tension and shear complieswith the following:

N* / ØNur ≤ 1

V* / ØVur ≤ 1

N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur ≤ 1.2

The following formulae are used for working load combination:

N / Na ≤ 1

V / Va ≤ 1

N / Na + V / Va ≤ 1.2

where:

N = applied tensile load

V = applied shear load

Applied shear

Moment arm

COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR

Applied moment

Moment arm

Appliedtension

COMBINED TENSION, SHEAR AND BENDING

6.8 COMBINED LOADING6.8.1 TENSION AND BENDING

Where an anchor is subjected to combined tension andbending, ultimate tensile capacity for the steel is determined as follows:

Nusr = Nus * (1 - (M* / ØmMu))

where:

Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending,recommended as 0.8

Factored working load limit steel tensile capacities, to allow for the effects of bending moments are given by:

Nasr = Nas * (1 - M / Ma)

where:

Nasr = factored working load limit steel tensile capacity (N)


6

39

This information deals specifically with the design of individualanchors, loaded either as a single anchor or as a member of a group. Under the relevant loading condition, as a generalprinciple, all load reduction factors applicable to an individualanchor in the group should be multiplied together to accountfor the combined effects on the anchor of multiple loads, grouplayout, and base material geometry. In the application of loads,due allowance should be made for eccentricities in the lines ofaction of loads relative to the centroid of the group, and forany other conditions likely to cause a magnification of load to an anchor, i.e. prying forces.

In a group loaded in shear there is a risk of uneven loading,particularly where more than two anchors are arranged onebehind the other in the direction of the load. The designershould assess and make appropriate allowance for the abilityof the fixture to distribute the load to anchors in the group.

The simplified strength limit state design process detailed in this document is intended to cover a wide range of applications.

It is suitable for verifying capacity of single anchors or groups ofanchors, however it must be remembered that the capacity datagiven is PER ANCHOR and load cases must be distributed to allanchors in a group and each anchor verified as being suitable.

The simplified design process allows verification of:

Single anchors subject to shear and/or tension.

For a row of anchors subject to a shear force componenttowards an edge, the design tables assume that the designload case is evenly distributed to all anchors in the group andcalculates the averaged shear capacity for each anchor.

V*A = V*B = V*C

n = 3

ØVur = per anchorcapacity

It is unable to verify capacity for anchors in the followingconfigurations:

• Location at a corner with shear load component towards the edge(s).

An anchor is considered to be at a corner if the ratio of theedge distance parallel to the direction of shear to the edgedistance in the direction of shear is less than 1.25.

• Anchors subject to a moment.

• Anchors in a line towards an edge with a shear loadcomponent acting towards that edge, unless it is assumedthat the anchor closest to the edge takes all of the shear load, V*TOTAL.

Groups of anchors (row, rectangular array etc.) subject totensile loading and/or shear loading not towards an edge.

Groups of anchors subject to tensile and/or shear loadingwhere the line of anchors parallel to (and closest to) the edge are considered to take the total shear load.

For these cases, please refer to the Ramset™ Anchor Designsoftware or contact your local Ramset™ Technical SalesEngineer for advice.

6.9 ANCHOR GROUPS

V*

N*

V*

e1

e2

V*TOTAL

N*TOTAL

V*TOTAL

V*TOTAL

V*A V*B V*C

N*TOTAL

V*A + V*B + V*C = V*TOTAL

These anchors assumed to be in slotted holes

V*TOTAL

A B C

e1 > 1.25 acceptablee2


6

40

Clamped materialPreload or clamping load Applied load

PRELOADING OF FIXTURE TO CONCRETE

SpaTec™ and DynaBolt™ AnchorsPULL DOWN MECHANISMS

6.10 ASSEMBLY TORQUE AND PRELOADThe application of assembly torque to a well designed anchor,results in the generation of a preload or clamping forcebetween the fixture and the concrete. Because the fixturesupports the concrete and suppresses cone failure, preload mayexceed concrete cone failure load. The concrete experiences anelastic compression beneath the fixture. Under external loadingof the fixture, the surfaces of the joint will not separate untilthe applied load exceeds the preload. Although the magnitudeof the preload influences the deformation of the fixing underload, it does not in general, affect the ultimate static loadcapacity of the fixing.

Heavy and medium duty sleeve anchors with a fully functioning pull-down mechanism such as Ramset™ SpaTec™

and DynaBolt™ anchors, ensure that loss of preload to thespacer or sleeve is negligible, even where a substantial gapmay have existed between the concrete and the fixture, due to unevennesses in the mating surfaces. After the expansionsleeve has enlarged to grip the sides of the hole, the pull-downmechanism allows the gap to be closed and the fixture to beclamped against the concrete.

Boa™ Coil anchors and stud anchors such as TruBolt™ anchorsand chemical anchors also have the capability to clamp thefixture to the concrete.

Torque controlled expansion anchors without an adequate pull-down capability, suffer from loss of preload to the spacer orsleeve, whenever there is a gap between the mating surfaces.This results in a reduction in the preload available forcompression of the concrete. Such anchors may perform undercyclic loads as if there were an inadequate preload, eventhough the specified assembly torque may have been carefullyapplied. In some instances it is possible for the fixture to beloose against the concrete surface from the time of initialassembly of the fixing.

Initial preload (PLi) which is developed immediately after the application of assembly torque, is calculated for Ramset™

anchors as:

PLi = α * Pr

where:

α = proportion of proof load as initial preload65% for mechanical anchors25% for chemical anchors

Pr = bolt or anchor proof load (kN)= As * fy

Assembly torques required (Tr) to develop initial preloads aregiven by the following formula:

Tr = µT * db * PLi

where:

µT = torque co-efficient of sliding friction 0.14 for SpaTec™ anchors0.32 for cold-formed anchors and stainless steel anchors0.37 for machined anchors


6

41

6.11 LONG TERM PRELOAD DEGRADATIONIn considering the long term performance in concrete ofexpansion and cast-in anchors under cyclic loading, accountmust be taken of concrete creep which causes a degradation ofpreload over time. Immediately after the application of assemblytorque and the establishment of initial preload, there is a rapidinitial reduction in preload, followed by a continued gradualreduction over time, towards a long term limiting value of "PL",at "λ" % of initial preload. As a guide, "λ" may be taken astypically 70% for SpaTec™ anchors, and as 40% for DynaBolt™

and TruBolt™ anchors.

In a particular application, the proportion of preloadpermanently retained will depend upon concrete strength,concrete quality including curing, level and direction ofconcrete stress, applied load level, timing of applied loads, andthe value of the total spring rate for the anchor/fixture/basematerial system.

1.0

λ

0 3 6 9 12

PL/PLi

Time (Months)

PRELOAD DEGRADATION


6

42

6.12 SLIP LOAD AND CYCLIC LOADINGProvided the applied load is less than the remaining preload,slip virtually does not occur, and the fixing experiences theapplied load as a reduction in elastic compression of theconcrete. When the applied load exceeds the preload, theclamped material can separate from the concrete and slippageof the joint can commence. If the design requirement is fornegligible slip (say 0.1mm), the assembly torque should be bothcarefully specified and applied. It is recommended that anchorcapacity be limited to a percentage of the expected preloadafter allowing for long term degradation.

The Boa™ Coil anchor performs more like a slight undercutanchor where the first slip measured at 0.1mm is close to theultimate load of the anchor in concrete. The Boa™ Coil anchorsability to sustain cyclic loads depends primarily upon theinteraction of the Boa™ Coil and the concrete sides of the hole. It is this unique interaction that enables the Boa™ Coil anchorto achieve high first slip loads. To ensure long life of thefastener under cyclic loading the designer should ensure (as forslip loads), that the applied load does not exceed 65% of thefirst slip load, called the reduced characteristic ultimate slipload. When the applied load is less than the reducedcharacteristic ultimate slip load the Boa™ Coil anchor has theability to withstand an infinite number of repetitions of theapplied load.

The ability of an anchor to sustain cyclic loads depends (as for slip loads) primarily upon the relationship between the applied load and the effective preload in the anchor. Where the applied load is less than both the preload and thestatic working load, the fastening has the ability to withstandan infinite number of repetitions of the applied load. The cyclicloading is experienced as changes in pressure at the interfaceof the fixture and the concrete, and the stress range in theanchor should never approach the endurance limit. To ensurelong life of the fastening under cyclic loading, the designershould ensure (as for slip loads), that the applied load is lessthan "h" % of the expected long term preload after allowing for degradation.

Ultimate load

Displacement

65% of slip load

Appliedload

Long term preload= slip load

SLIP LOAD AND PRELOAD

Ultimate load

Displacement

65% of slip loadAppliedload

SLIP LOAD

Long term preload= slip load


6

43

6.13 CORROSION

6.14 FIRE

During their service life, fasteners may be subjected to a range of corrosive agents and environments. Atmosphericenvironments may include the benign, such as indoors in dryconditions. The less benign outdoor areas are exposed to rainand/or humidity. The chloride bearing atmospheres under theinfluence of sea winds are more corrosive. The pollutedatmosphere in some industrial areas, and the marineenvironment over the sea, at the shore, or within the splashzone, may be highly aggressive. Fastenings may be required tobe placed under fresh water, salt water, or in contact with awhole range of potentially corrosive liquids. Ramset™ anchorsare supplied with a range of corrosion resistances suitable forvarious applications.

There is a large number of specialist texts on the subject ofcorrosion, to which the reader is referred.

The stainless steel specification for Ramset™ anchors has ahigh molybdenum content, which gives superior resistanceagainst chlorides and common industrial pollutants.

Stainless steel anchors should be insulated from the zinccoating, when securing galvanised steelwork, because of thepossibility of galvanic corrosion.

Care must be taken to ensure selected fasteners meet theappropriate standards and are also correctly described. Forexample, “mechanically galvanised” is a misnomer for“mechanically plated”, which may not provide the samecorrosion protection as “hot dip galvanising”.

The term “galvanised” in this document refers to hot dipgalvanising according to the Australian Standards listed in thetable below.

Note that other publications may use the term “galvanised”when referring to zinc electroplated anchors, which providesinferior corrosion protection. To ensure adequate corrosionprotection, verify that the plating thickness complies with thethickness value required by the relevant Australian Standard.AS1214 - 1983 requires a minimum of 42 micron thickness for“hot dip galvanised” threaded items.

When exposed to heat so that it reaches a temperature ofabout 550°C, steel retains about half of its original strength.Designers have traditionally adopted this limiting temperaturefor the retention of structural integrity. Expansion and cast-inanchors manufactured in steel, are subject to the same limit,except that conditions are generally more favourable to theretention of structural strength for these anchors, than othercomponents of an unprotected structure. For example, incircumstances where heat can be expected to vent through theroof sheeting, there is little risk of the fixings at the supports ofsteel beams, reaching the same temperature as the mostcritical part of the main steel structural elements. Generally,fixings reach significantly lower temperatures than the mainstructural elements.

Part of an anchor is always embedded in and insulated by theconcrete, which increases the time for the heat to flow to theanchoring element of the anchor, and because of the heat sinkof the concrete mass which takes heat from the anchor, thereis an increase in the time for its temperature to rise.

Fire induced deformations of wall panels, and the behaviour ofthe structural frame under fire, should be carefully consideredin the design. Spread of the fire to adjoining properties will beprevented, as long as the panels remain fixed to the structuralframe. The connection between a heavy structural steel frameand the wall panels should be via deformable ties.

The limiting operational temperature for chemical anchors is80°C. When used for anchoring reinforcing steel, chemicalsystems are provided with concrete cover, and may bedesigned to provide the desired fire rating, by limiting thetemperature rise at the anchor points. Where protection isrequired for the steel structure, special fireproofing material isspecified. The same protection should be extended to anyexposed fixings to the concrete structure.


ENVIRONMENT CORROSION SPECIFICATIONPROTECTION

Indoors, Zinc plated tounder cover AS1791-1986

Low humidity Plating Minimum thickness6 micron

Exposure to Passivated,moisture likely Designation C

Chemical plants ISO3506-1979

Aggressive Stainless steel Grade A4,environments Prop Class 70

At the sea (AISI 316)

Hot dipped toExposed to weather AS1650-1989

AS1214-1983

Industrial pollution Galvanising Minimum thickness42 micron

Marineenvironments

44

MECHANICALANCHORINGOVERVIEW

Ramset™ have been offering mechanical anchors in theAustralian market place for over 40 years. During this timeRamset™ brand names have entered into common language onbuilding sites all over Australia. Names like DynaBolt™ andTruBolt™ have become recognised as the best sleeve anchors andstud anchors alike. But only Ramset™ supplies the original,proven products like DynaBolt™ sleeve anchors, TruBolt™ studanchors, SpaTec™ heavy duty anchors and DynaSet™ femaleanchors. These tried and tested Ramset™ brand names representQuality, Reliability and Performance. The Ramset™ ISO9001accreditation assures it.

Not only does Ramset™ offer reliable, quality product. Ramset™

understands masonry anchoring technology and offers publishedinformation, such as this book, to guide correct product selectionand safe installation. Extensive research, development andtesting are invested in Ramset™ products so that designers canbe secure in the knowledge that they have access to the realperformance and capabilities of the anchors.

It is performance that defines an anchor’s capabilities. Ananchor’s performance cannot be deduced from its description. For example not all sleeve anchors perform like DynaBolt™ sleeveanchors and not all stud anchors perform like TruBolt™ studanchors. Product design, manufacturing tolerances andmanufacturing quality control have a major affect on anchorperformance. The only way to determine an anchor’s actualperformance is to measure it at all of its design and tolerancelimits. The performance of Ramset™ Anchors are determined byextensive and rigorous testing to enable us to provideinformation on how our products will perform over a wide rangeof conditions and advise as to their limitations.

The correct anchor for a particular load case can only be selectedby referring to reliable design information issued by the supplierfor their anchors. Performance and design information from onesupplier does not apply to anchors from other suppliers, even ifthey appear to be the same or have the same generic description.

The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the Ramset™ mechanical anchoring range and providesperformance information to allow selection of the right anchor forthe job.

Mechanical AnchoringSpaTec™ 7

45

ProductThe SpaTec™ Anchor is a heavy duty, torque setting expansion anchor.

Benefits, Advantages and Features

Suitable for structural loads:~ High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.

~ Twin high tensile washers that resist dishing.

~ Heavy duty, thick expansion sleeve that provides secure grip to concrete.Improved security:~ Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if overloaded.

~ Compressible collar allows pull down to close gaps and induce preload.Resistant to cyclic loading:~ Compressible collar and heavy duty sleeve work together to retain 65% of

initial preload.Fast installation:~ Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.Neat finish:~ Low profile hex head.

Principal Applications

~ Structural beams and columns.

~ Anchoring braces for precast panels.

~ Safety barriers.

~ Machinery and heavy plant hold down.

~ Lift guide rails.

~ Commercial building facades.

Installation

1. Drill recommended sized holes as per technical specifications. Clean holethoroughly with brush. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump,compressed air, etc.

2. After ensuring anchor is assembled correctly, insert anchor through fixtureand drive in until washer contacts fixture.

3. Tighten bolt with torque wrench to specified assembly torque.

7.1 SpaTec™ Safety Anchors GENERAL INFORMATION

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL INSTALLATION RELATED

Mechanical AnchoringSpaTec™7

46

7.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS

7.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Carbon Steel

Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Nasize, db diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa60 90 180 120 11.5 8.6 10.8 12.1

M10 15 17 70 35 105 210 140 19.3 10.8 13.7 15.3

80 120 240 160 19.3 13.2 16.7 18.7

70 105 210 140 16.7 11.3 14.3 16.0

M12 18 21 95 60 143 285 190 27.6 17.9 22.6 24.5

120 180 360 240 27.6 24.5 24.5 24.5

95 143 285 190 31.1 19.2 24.3 27.2

M16 24 27 115 145 173 345 230 52.3 25.6 32.4 36.2

135 203 405 270 52.3 32.5 41.2 45.7

110 165 330 220 50.4 25.3 32.0 35.8

M20 28 32 140 305 210 420 280 75.8 36.3 46.0 51.4

170 255 510 340 75.8 48.6 61.5 68.8

130 195 390 260 72.7 34.0 43.1 48.1

M24 32 36 160 525 240 480 320 101.9 46.5 58.8 65.7

190 285 570 380 101.9 60.1 76.1 85.1* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details

AnchorDrilled hole Effective

Part No.size, db

diameter, dh length, Le Zn(mm) (mm)

M10 15 94 SA10108

83 SA12098

M12 18 111 SA12124

136 SA12153

M16 24 131 SA16149

M20 28 165 SA20189

M24 32 172 SA24197

AnchorShank Bolt stress Bolt yield

Bolt UTS,Spacer Spacer yield

Spacer UTS,Section

size, dbdiameter, ds area, As strength, fy fu (MPa)

area, As strength, fy fu (MPa)modulus

(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (mm2) (MPa) Z (mm3)

M10 9.8 58.0 640 800 65.2 350 480 62.3

M12 11.7 84.3 640 800 101.6 330 430 109.2

M16 15.7 157.0 640 800 198.0 330 430 277.5

M20 19.7 245.0 680 830 238.3 330 430 540.9

M24 23.7 353.0 680 830 274.6 330 430 935.5

Effective depth, h (mm)

h = Le - t

t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed


47

Strength Limit State Design

Table 1a Indicative combined loading – interaction diagram

Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm)

Step 1c Calculate anchor effective depth, h (mm)

Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table on page 46.

Anchor size determined, absolute minima compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.

Select anchor to be evaluated

7.4

Design shear action effect, V* (kN)

Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:

~ Shear limited by bolt and spacer steel capacity.

~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity.

~ No edge or spacing effects.

~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180180 200 220

0

40

20

80

60

120

100

140

M10

M12

M16

M20

M24

STEP 1

Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24Edge distance, em 100 130 170 210 250

Anchor spacing, am 75 100 120 150 180


h = Le - t


Checkpoint 1


48


Table 2c Edge distance effect, tension, Xne

Edge distance, e (mm) 100 125 150 175 200 250 300

Effective depth, h (mm)60 170 0.9780 0.88 190 0.82 0.95100 0.77 0.88 1110 0.72 0.83 0.94 1120 0.69 0.79 0.88 0.98130 0.66 0.75 0.84 0.93 1140 0.63 0.72 0.80 0.88 0.97150 0.61 0.69 0.77 0.84 0.92 1175 0.57 0.63 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.97200 0.53 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 1220 0.51 0.57 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.83 0.94

Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension, Xnae

Note: For single anchor designs, Xnae = 1.0

Anchor spacing, a (mm) 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 400 500

Effective depth, h (mm)60 0.71 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 170 0.68 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.9880 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 190 0.64 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.96100 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.83 0.92 1110 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.95120 0.60 0.64 0.67 0.71 0.74 0.78 0.85 0.92130 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 1140 0.59 0.62 0.65 0.68 0.71 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.98150 0.58 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.69 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.94 1175 0.57 0.60 0.62 0.64 0.67 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.88 0.98200 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.83 0.92220 0.56 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.80 0.88

Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchorSTEP 2Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa

Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 15 18 24 28 32

Effective depth, h (mm)60 19.670 24.6 25.880 30.1 31.590 35.9 37.6100 42.1 44.0 47.3110 50.8 54.6 57.7120 57.9 62.2 65.8130 65.3 70.1 74.2 77.6140 78.4 82.9 86.7150 86.9 91.9 96.2175 115.8 121.2200 141.5 148.1220 170.9

Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 4 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.

Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37


49

Strength Limit State DesignTable 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, tension, Xnai

Note: For single anchor designs, Xnai = 1.0



60 0.42 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97 170 0.36 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.9580 0.31 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 190 0.28 0.37 0.46 0.56 0.65 0.74 0.93100 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.83 1110 0.23 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.76 0.91120 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.42 0.49 0.56 0.69 0.83130 0.19 0.26 0.32 0.38 0.45 0.51 0.64 0.77 1140 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.36 0.42 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.95150 0.17 0.22 0.28 0.33 0.39 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.89 1175 0.14 0.19 0.24 0.29 0.33 0.38 0.48 0.57 0.76 0.95200 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.67 0.83220 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.23 0.27 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.61 0.76

Checkpoint 2 Design reduced ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc

ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai )

Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Carbon steel 37.1 54.0 100.5 162.7 234.4

Checkpoint 3


Step 3b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN)

Not appropriate for this product.






50


Table 4a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVuc (kN), Øq = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa


Edge distance, e (mm)

100 16.0125 22.4 24.6150 29.5 32.3175 37.1 40.7 47.0200 45.4 49.7 57.4 62.0250 63.4 69.4 80.2 86.6 92.6300 83.3 91.3 105.4 113.9 121.7400 128.3 140.5 162.3 175.3 187.4600 258.2 298.1 322.0 344.3800 459.0 495.8 530.01000 692.9 740.71250 1035.2


Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva

Note: For single anchor designs, Xva = 1.0

Edge distance, e (mm) 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 400 600 800 1000 1250

Anchor spacing, a (mm)

75 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.5485 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.54100 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.53120 0.74 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53150 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53175 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.54 0.53200 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53300 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55400 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56600 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60800 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.631000 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.661200 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.691500 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.741800 0.95 0.86 0.792100 1.00 0.92 0.842500 1.00 0.90


Load direction effect,conc. edge shear, Xvd

Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, concrete edge shear, Xvc

Table 4c Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd

f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50 60

Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25 1.37

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00


51


Checkpoint 4 Design reduced ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVurc

ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn

Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchorSTEP 5Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus (kN), Øv = 0.8


Bolt and spacer shear (kN) 38.5 55.1 104.5 151.7 203.9

h minimum (mm) 75 85 105 130 140

Bolt shear only (kN) 23.0 33.5 62.3 100.9 145.3

h minimum (mm) 60 72 96 112 128

Step 5b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity, ØVsf (kN)


Checkpoint 5 Design reduced ultimate shear capacity, ØVur




Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn

Note: For single anchor designs, Xvn = 1.0

Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50

Edge distance, a / e

Number of anchors, n

2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00


52



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ SpaTec™ Anchor,

(Anchor Size) ((Part Number)).Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.

ExampleRamset™ SpaTec™ Anchor,

M12 (SA12153).Maximum fixed thickness to be 8 mm.

To be installed in accordance withRamset™ Technical Data Sheet.

8

53

Mechanical Anchoring

ProductThe HiShear™ 8.8 Anchor is a heavy duty, torque settingexpansion anchor.


Provides same shear performance as larger diameter anchors:~ Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt and thin spacer. Faster installation:~ Smaller holes are easier to drill.Same tensile capacity as larger diameter anchors at same depth:~ Patented sleeve design.Improved security:~ Patented sleeve pulls down to close gaps up to 5 mm and induce preload. Suitable for structural shear loads:~ High tensile capacity Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.

~ High tensile washer to resist dishing. “Safety Yellow” coloured head:~ Easy identification during inspection.Faster installation:~ Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.


~ Raker angles to concrete panels.

~ Rafters to concrete panels.

~ Heavy structural steel to concrete.

~ Corner guards.

Installation

8.1 Structural Anchor GENERAL INFORMATION

1. Use the fixture as a template and drill the holeto the correct diameter and depth as per theinstallation specifications.

2. Clean hole thoroughly with brush. Removedebris by way of a vacuum or hand pump,compressed air etc.

3. Insert HiShear™ 8.8 through fixture, tap lightlywith hammer until washer contacts fixture.

4. Tighten HiShear™ 8.8 anchor to specifiedassembly torque using torque wrench orimpact wrench (rattle gun).

PERFORMANCE RELATED INSTALLATION RELATEDMATERIAL

8

54


Anchor Effective Part No.size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm) Zn

1673 HS16090H

83 HS16100H

20 85 HS20100H


8.3 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES

AnchorInstallation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)

size, dhDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Substrate Shear, Va Tension, Na

(mm)diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) f’c>20 MPa 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

55 85 165 85 7.5 9.5 10.6

16 16 19 65 115 100 195 100 16.7 9.6 12.2 13.6

80 120 240 120 13.1 16.6 18.6

20 20 2470

210105 210 105

31.110.7 13.6 15.2

80 120 240 120 13.1 16.6 18.6* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.


AnchorThread

Stress Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel Sectionsize, dh size, db

area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)

16 M12 84.3 640 800 109.2

20 M16 157.0 640 800 277.5

Permissible cyclic/slip load, (based on 65% of the long term retained preload).Anchor size, dh (mm) 16 20

Permissible load, (kN) 7.8 10.7

Refer to section 6.12 on page 42, for design methodology.


h = lesser of Le - t,5 * dh


8

55

Strength Limit State Design Mechanical Anchoring

8.4

Anchor size, dh (mm) 16 20

Edge distance, em 120 160

Anchor spacing, am 80 105

Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)


Notes:

~ Shear limited by steel capacity.



~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

0

10

20

30

16

20

Select anchor to be evaluatedSTEP 1Table 1a Indicative combined loading – interaction diagram







Anchor size determined, absolute minima compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.Checkpoint 1

Strength Limit State Design8

56







40 0.83 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.0045 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.94 1.0050 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.9755 0.74 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.92 1.0060 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.81 0.83 0.89 0.94 1.0065 0.71 0.73 0.76 0.78 0.81 0.86 0.91 0.9670 0.69 0.71 0.74 0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1.0075 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.77 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.94 1.0080 0.67 0.69 0.71 0.73 0.75 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.92 0.96

Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPaAnchor size, dh (mm) 16 20


40 10.645 12.650 14.8 14.855 17.0 17.060 19.4 19.465 21.9 21.970 24.4 24.475 27.1 27.180 29.9 29.9

Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3.5 x Anchor size, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.

Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xncf’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40

Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12

Xne = 1.0 for all valid edge distances


8

57


Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, tension, Xnai




40 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.83 1.0045 0.59 0.63 0.67 0.74 0.89 1.0050 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.67 0.80 0.9355 0.48 0.52 0.55 0.61 0.73 0.85 1.0060 0.44 0.47 0.50 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89 1.0065 0.41 0.44 0.46 0.51 0.62 0.72 0.82 0.92 1.0070 0.38 0.40 0.43 0.48 0.57 0.67 0.76 0.86 0.95 1.0075 0.36 0.38 0.40 0.44 0.53 0.62 0.71 0.80 0.89 0.9880 0.33 0.35 0.38 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92

Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Anchor size, dh (mm) 16 20

Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 54.0 100.5






Checkpoint 3 Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur





58





120 21.8140 27.4160 33.5 37.5180 40.0 44.7200 46.8 52.4250 65.5 73.2300 86.1 96.2350 108.5 121.3400 132.5 148.1450 158.1 176.8500 207.0600 272.2






80 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.5485 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.59 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.5490 0.65 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.5495 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.54100 0.67 0.64 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.54125 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.56 0.55 0.54150 0.75 0.71 0.69 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55200 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.72 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.57250 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.78 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58300 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.83 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.63 0.62 0.60350 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.62400 1.00 0.94 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.68 0.66 0.63500 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.72 0.70 0.67750 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.83 0.80 0.751000 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.90 0.831250 1.00 1.00 0.921500 1.00

Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, concrete edge shear, Xvcf’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40

Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12




Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

8

59


Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus (kN), Øv = 0.8


Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel 33.5 62.3








Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00






60



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ HiShear™ 8.8 Anchor, (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)).

Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.

ExampleRamset™ HiShear™ 8.8 Anchor,

16 mm (HS16100H).Maximum fixed thickness to be 19 mm.


Mechanical AnchoringBoa™ Coil 9

61

ProductThe Boa™ Coil Anchor is a heavy duty, rotation settingexpansion anchor.


High load capacity:~ Expansion coil locks into concrete to give cast-in type performance.High clamping load:~ Rotation setting action pulls down.Resistant to cyclic loading:~ Pull-down action.Fast installation:~ Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.Easy and fast to remove:~ Expansion coil stays in hole leaving no protruding metal parts to grind off.


~ Installing handrails and balustrades.

~ Anchoring braces and precast panels.

~ Machinery hold down.

~ Formwork support.

~ Safety barriers.

Installation

1. Using the fixture as a template, drill the correct diameter and depth hole. Clean hole with a brush and remove debris with vacuum or hand pump.

2. Insert the assembled Boa™ Coil anchor. (The coil tab points up the anchor.)Tap anchor down to depth set mark and stop.

3. Wind the anchor down until the washer is firmly held to the fixture andstop. (For the number of turns required to set anchor refer to details oninstallation and performance.)

4. Ensure washer is tight and snug fit.5. The Boa™ Coil anchor is ready to take load. (The bolt can be removed

leaving the coil in the hole. To re-insert, follow steps 3 and 4.)

9.1 Boa™ Coil Expansion Anchors GENERAL INFORMATION


Mechanical AnchoringBoa™ Coil

9

62




size, dbDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor

Turns toEdge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na

(mm)diameter, dh diameter, df effective

set anchordistance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

30 45 4.5 3.1 3.9 4.3

10 10 12 50 5 60 120 75 7.4 5.1 6.4 7.2

75 113 8.9 7.6 9.7 10.8

40 60 8.2 5.3 6.7 7.5

13 13 14 75 5 80 160 113 15.4 9.9 12.6 14.1

110 165 16.0 14.6 18.4 20.6

50 75 14.4 8.2 10.3 11.5

16 16 19 70 5 100 200 105 20.2 11.4 14.4 16.2

90 135 26.0 14.7 18.6 20.8

57 86 20.2 11.0 14.0 15.6

19 19 21 80 5 120 230 120 28.4 15.5 19.6 21.9

105 158 37.2 20.3 25.7 28.8* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.


Anchor EffectivePart No.size, db length, Le Zn(mm) (mm)

47 BAC06060

10 62 BAC06075

87 BAC06100

59 BAC08075

13 84 BAC08100

124 BAC08140

1671 BAC10090

106 BAC10125

63 BAC12085

19 93 BAC12115

128 BAC12150

Anchor size, db (mm)Bolt stress area, As Bolt yield strength, fy Bolt UTS, fu Section modulus, Z

(mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)

6.5 20.2 640 800 12.9

10 43.2 680 830 40.0

13 77.8 680 830 97.0

16 134.4 680 830 219.8

19 196.0 680 830 387.2


h = Le - t


9

63

Strength Limit State Design Mechanical AnchoringBoa™ Coil







9.4De

sign

tens

ile a

ctio

n ef

fect

, N*

(kN)


Notes:




~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

0

20

10

40

30

50

60

10

13

16

19

STEP 1

Anchor size, db (mm) 10 13 16 19

Edge distance, em 50 65 80 95

Anchor spacing, ame ≥ 6 db 80 105 130 150

e < 6 db 100 130 160 190


h = Le - t


Checkpoint 1


64






80 0.8390 0.88100 0.92 0.82120 1 0.88140 0.95 0.86160 1 0.92 0.85180 0.97 0.89200 1 0.94220 0.98230 1




50 0.8860 170 0.9380 1 0.8890 0.96100 1 0.91120 1




30 7.035 8.140 9.3 12.145 10.5 13.650 11.6 15.1 18.655 12.8 16.6 20.560 13.9 18.1 22.3 26.570 16.3 21.2 26.0 30.980 18.6 24.2 29.8 35.390 27.2 33.5 39.8100 30.2 37.2 44.2110 33.2 48.6120 53.0

Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.

Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xncf’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50

Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

9

65






80 0.6790 0.75100 0.83 0.64120 1 0.77140 0.90 0.73160 1 0.83 0.70180 0.94 0.79200 1 0.88220 0.96230 1



Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Anchor size, db (mm) 10 13 16 19

Carbon steel 28.7 51.7 89.2 130.1

Checkpoint 3









66





50 4.670 7.7 8.780 9.4 10.7 11.9100 13.1 14.9 16.6 18.0150 24.1 27.4 30.4 33.2200 37.0 42.2 46.8 51.1250 51.8 59.0 65.5 71.3300 68.0 77.6 86.1 93.8400 119.4 132.5 144.4500 185.2 201.8600 265.3

Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.





50 0.79 0.70 0.64 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.5375 0.93 0.80 0.71 0.69 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54100 1.00 0.90 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54125 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54150 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55175 1.00 0.94 0.85 0.73 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.56200 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57225 1.00 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68 0.65 0.61 0.59 0.58250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58275 1.00 0.87 0.78 0.72 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.59300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63500 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67750 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.751000 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.831250 1.00 1.00 0.921500 1.00 1.00





f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50

Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

9

67






h ≥ 6 x db 17.8 32.0 55.3 80.7

h ≥ 5 x db 14.9 26.7 46.1 67.2

h ≥ 4 x db 11.9 21.3 36.9 53.8

h ≥ 3 x db 8.9 16.0 27.7 40.3









Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00


68



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ Boa™ Coil Anchor,


ExampleRamset™ Boa™ Coil Anchor,

16 mm (BAC10125).Maximum fixed thickness to be 14 mm.


Mechanical AnchoringTruBolt™ 10

69

ProductThe TruBolt™ Anchor is a heavy duty, torque setting expansion anchor.


Maximum shear capacity for hole size:~ Stud diameter equals hole diameter.Faster installation:~ Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.High clamp load:~ Stud design ensures pull-down on fixture.Superior corrosion resistance:~ AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.Outstanding exterior durability:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.Superior strength:~ Cold forged steel construction.


~ Structural beams and columns.

~ Anchoring braces for precast panels.

~ Bottom plate and batten fixing.

~ Formwork support.

~ Installing signs, handrails,balustrades and gates.

~ Safety barriers.

Installation

1. Use fixture as a template, drill a hole the same diameter as the TruBolt™.2. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump, compressed air, etc.

Drive anchor into hole until washer is flush with the fixture.3. Tighten with a spanner. For optimum anchor performance a torque

wrench should be utilised.

10.1 TruBolt™ Stud Anchors GENERAL INFORMATION

PERFORMANCE RELATED MATERIAL SPECIFICATION INSTALLATION RELATED

Mechanical AnchoringTruBolt™10

70

* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.


Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Nasize, db diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa

M6 6 824

1035 70 70 2.8 1.8 2.0 2.2

32 50 100 100 2.8 2.8 3.1 3.4

M8 8 1032

2050 100 70 4.9 2.8 3.1 3.4

54 80 160 110 4.9 6.0 6.7 7.2

M10 10 1240

3560 120 90 6.8 3.8 4.3 4.7

72 110 220 130 6.8 9.3 10.4 9.9

M12 12 1548

5075 150 120 8.6 5.1 5.7 6.2

86 130 260 160 8.6 12.1 13.6 12.7

M16 16 1964

155100 200 150 14.4 7.8 8.7 9.5

115 170 340 220 14.4 18.8 21.0 20.9

M20 20 2480

355120 240 170 27.3 10.9 12.2 13.3

145 220 440 270 27.3 26.5 29.7 32.5

96 120 240 210 39.4 10.9 12.2 10.9

M24 24 28 130 595 195 390 310 39.4 22.5 25.2 22.5

155 235 470 360 39.4 29.3 32.8 29.3


AnchorHole Effective Part No.

size, dbdiameter, dh length, Le

Zn Gal S/S(mm) (mm)

28 – – T06045SS

M6 638 T06055 – T06055SS

68 T06085 – T06085SS

103 T060120 – –

30 T08050 – T08050SS

M8 845 T08065 – T08065SS

70 T08090 – T08090SS

110 – – T08130SS

42 T10065 – T10065SS

M10 1052 T10075 – T10075SS

67 T10090 T10090GH T10090SS

97 T10120 – T10120SS

58 T12080 T12080GH T12080SS

71 T12100 T12100GH T12100SS

M12 12 93 T12120 – –

111 T12140 T12140GH T12140SS

151 T12180 T12180GH T12180SS

67 T16100 T16100GH T16100SS

85 T16125 T16125GH T16125SS

M16 16 110 T16150 T16150GH T16150SS

135 T16175 T16175GH T16175SS

180 T16220 – –

85 T20120 T20120GH T20120SS

M20 20 115 T20160 T20160GH T20160SS

170 T20215 T20215GH –

M24 24 119 T24175 – –


h = Le - t



71


AnchorStress area Minimum Threaded section Reduced section Section

size, dbthread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z

(mm2) section, dm (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)

M6 20.1 4.2 460 570 660 830 12.7

M8 36.6 5.8 430 540 600 750 31.2

M10 58 7.6 380 470 480 600 62.3

M12 84.3 8.9 330 410 450 560 109.2

M16 157 12.1 290 370 400 500 277.5

M20 245 16.1 360 450 360 450 540.9

M24 353 19.1 360 450 360 450 935.5

AnchorStress area Minimum Threaded section Reduced section Section

size, dbthread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z

(mm2) section, dm (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)

M6 20.1 4.2 320 400 470 590 12.7

M8 36.6 5.8 350 430 480 600 31.2

M10 58 7.6 380 470 480 600 62.3

M12 84.3 8.9 360 450 480 600 109.2

M16 157 12.1 480 600 480 600 277.5

M20 245 16.1 480 600 480 600 540.9

M24 353 19.1 480 600 480 600 935.5

ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Stainless Steel

Anchors with strengths higher in the reduced section than in the threaded section, are formed by cold working. Thereduced section is located under the expansion sleeve. For shear loads, the critical plane is located in the threadedsection, and for tensile loads, the critical plane is located at the reduced section.


72








10.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:


~ Tension limited by carbon steel capacity.


~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 10 20 30 40 60 70 80 9050

0

20

10

40

30

90

70

80

60

50

M10

M6M8

M12

M16

M20

M24

STEP 1

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Edge distance, em 45 55 60 65 75 95 140

Anchor spacing, am 30 35 40 45 50 60 95


h = Le - t


Checkpoint 1


73



Edge distance, e (mm) 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 175 200 230


2530 135 0.9740 0.88 1 150 0.77 0.86 0.95 165 0.66 0.73 0.80 0.87 180 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 195 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.79 0.91 1110 0.51 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.72 0.83 0.94 1125 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.67 0.77 0.86 0.95 1145 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.56 0.62 0.70 0.78 0.86 0.94 1160 0.45 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.59 0.66 0.74 0.81 0.88 0.97180 0.43 0.46 0.48 0.51 0.56 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.82 0.90200 0.42 0.44 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.84



Hole diameter, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20 24

Effective Depth, h (mm)

25 4.230 5.535 6.9 6.940 8.5 8.5 8.550 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.965 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.6 17.680 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.095 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0110 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7 38.7125 46.8 46.8 46.8 46.8145 58.5 58.5 58.5 58.5160 67.8 67.8 67.8180 81.0 81.0200 94.8



f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.00


74

Strength Limit State DesignTable 2d Anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension, Xnae


Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400


25 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.90 130 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.94 135 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.88 0.9840 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.83 0.92 150 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.92 1 165 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.95 180 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 195 0.55 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.94 1110 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.59 0.62 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.88 0.95 1125 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.97 1145 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.79 0.84 0.90 0.96160 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92180 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.87200 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.83



Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 400


25 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.80 130 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.89 135 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.57 0.76 0.9540 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.67 0.83 150 0.20 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.83 1 165 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.41 0.51 0.64 0.77 0.90 180 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 195 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.88 1110 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18 0.24 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.61 0.76 0.91 1125 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.21 0.27 0.33 0.40 0.47 0.53 0.67 0.80 0.93 1145 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.29 0.34 0.40 0.46 0.57 0.69 0.80 0.92160 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.36 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83180 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.23 0.28 0.32 0.37 0.46 0.56 0.65 0.74200 0.10 0.13 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67




75


Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8


Carbon steel 9.1 15.7 21.8 27.8 45.5 72.5 103.1

316 Stainless steel 6.4 12.6 21.8 29.9 55.2 97.7 –

Checkpoint 3









76





45 3.160 4.7 5.4 6.175 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.4 30.4200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 52.4250 40.1 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 73.2 80.2300 52.7 60.9 68.0 74.5 86.1 96.2 105.4350 76.7 85.7 93.9 108.5 121.3 132.8450 136.9 158.1 176.8 193.7600 272.2 298.1850 502.7






30 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.52 0.52 0.51 0.51 0.5150 0.72 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.52 0.5160 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.52 0.5180 0.86 0.77 0.71 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52100 0.94 0.83 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52125 1.00 0.92 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53150 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54200 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.55250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.61 0.58 0.56300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.57400 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.68 0.63 0.59500 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.72 0.67 0.62600 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.77 0.70 0.64800 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.86 0.77 0.691000 1.00 0.94 0.83 0.741500 1.00 1.00 0.852000 0.97





f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00


77






Carbon steel 5.7 9.8 13.5 17.1 28.8 44.9 78.7

316 Stainless steel 4.0 7.8 13.5 18.9 46.7 72.9 –









Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00


78



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ TruBolt™ Anchor,


ExampleRamset™ TruBolt™ Anchor,

M20 (T20160).Maximum fixed thickness to be 20 mm.


11

79

Mechanical AnchoringAnkaScrew™

ProductThe AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty, rotation setting thread forming anchor.


Fast and easy to install:~ Simply screws into hole.Fast and easy to remove:~ Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts to grind off.Close to edge and for close anchor spacing:~ Does not expand and burst concrete.


~ Pallet racking.

~ Temporary safety barriers.

~ Conveyors.

~ Pipe brackets.

~ Gate hinges into brickwork.

~ Temporary hand rails.

~ Bottom plates.

Installation

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean thoroughly with brush.Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.

2. Using a socket wrench, screw the AnkaScrew™ into the hole using slightpressure until the self tapping action starts.

3. Tighten the AnkaScrew™. If resistance is experienced when tightening,unscrew anchor one turn and re-tighten. Ensure not to over tighten.

4. For optimum performance, a torque wrench should be used.

11.1 AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchor GENERAL INFORMATION


11

80




size, dhDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Substrate Shear, Va

Tension, Na

(mm)diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) f’c > 20 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa

30 55 3.7 2.0 2.4 2.6

6 6 8 37 25 25 50 62 4.1 2.6 3.0 3.3

45 70 4.5 3.2 3.8 4.1

40 65 5.6 3.0 3.6 3.9

8 8 10 50 40 35 70 75 7.0 4.1 4.8 5.2

60 85 8.4 5.2 6.1 6.6

50 75 9.5 4.4 5.1 5.6

10 10 12 62 60 40 80 87 11.6 5.9 7.0 7.5

75 100 13.8 7.7 9.1 9.8

60 85 12.9 6.2 7.3 7.9

12 12 15 75 80 50 100 100 14.8 8.6 10.2 11.0

90 115 16.7 11.3 13.3 14.4



Anchor Effective length, LePart No.

size, db (mm) Hex Head Hex Flange Csk Pozi Csk Internal Hex

50 – AS06050H AS06050F –

6 75 – AS06075H – –

100 – AS06100H – –

60 AS08060H – – –

8 75 AS08075H – – AS08075F

100 AS08100H – – –

60 AS10060H – – –

1075 AS10075H – – –

100 AS10100H – – –

150 AS10150H – – –

75 AS12075H – – –

12 100 AS12100H – – –

150 AS12150H – – –


Anchor Stress YieldUTS, fusize, dh area, As strength, fy (MPa)(mm) (mm2) (MPa)

6 22.9 640 800

8 42.4 640 800

10 69.4 640 800

12 84.1 640 800




11

81

Strength Limit State Design Mechanical AnchoringAnkaScrew™







11.4

STEP 1

Checkpoint 1




Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)


Notes:

~ Shear limited by steel capacity at h = 7.5 dh

~ Tension limited by the lesser of carbon steelcapacity and concrete capacity at h = 7.5 dh


~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

0

10

5

20

15

25

6

8

10

12

Anchor size, db 6 8 10 12

em, am 20 25 30 35


82



Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12

Edge distance, e (mm)20 0.8825 1 0.8530 0.96 0.8335 1 0.91 0.8140 1 0.8845 0.9650 1




Anchor spacing, a (mm)20 0.7825 0.85 0.7630 0.92 0.81 0.7535 1 0.86 0.7940 0.92 0.8345 1 0.88 0.8150 0.92 0.8555 0.96 0.8860 1 0.9270 1


Anchor size, db 6 8 10 12

Effective depth, h (mm)30 4.335 5.140 6.0 6.445 6.9 7.550 8.6 9.355 9.8 10.660 10.9 12.0 13.275 16.3 18.390 23.9



f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40Xnc 0.85 0.92 1.00 1.08

11

83






20 0.5625 0.69 0.5230 0.83 0.63 0.5035 1 0.73 0.58 0.4940 0.83 0.67 0.5645 0.94 0.75 0.6350 1 0.83 0.6955 0.92 0.7660 1 0.8370 1



Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12

Heat Treated Carbon Steel 14.6 27.1 44.4 53.8

Checkpoint 3









84





20 0.925 1.3 1.530 1.7 1.9 2.235 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.050 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.175 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.3100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.4200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6250 46.3 51.8 56.7300 68.0 74.5400 114.8






20 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.5225 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.53 0.53 0.5230 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.5235 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52 0.5240 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53 0.5250 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.5365 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.76 0.67 0.63 0.59 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.5380 1.00 0.96 0.82 0.71 0.66 0.61 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54100 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55125 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56150 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58200 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63300 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65450 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.80 0.73600 1.00 0.98 0.90 0.801000 1.00 1.00 1.00





f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40

Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00

11

85













Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00


h ≥ 5 x dh 6.8 12.6 20.7 25.0

h ≥ 6 x dh 7.7 14.3 23.4 28.4

h ≥ 7 x dh 8.6 16.0 26.2 31.7

h ≥ 7.5 x dh 9.1 16.8 27.5 33.4


86



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ AnkaScrew™ Anchor, (Anchor Size) ((Part Number)).

Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.

ExampleRamset™ AnkaScrew™ Anchor,

12 mm (AS12100H).Maximum fixed thickness to be 40 mm.


Mechanical AnchoringDynaBolt™ 12

87

ProductThe DynaBolt™ Anchor is a medium duty, torque settingexpansion anchor.


Improved security:~ Patented sleeve crushes to close gaps up to 5 mm and pulls down

to induce clamp load.Fast installation:~ Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.Versatile:~ Choice of head styles.Superior corrosion resistance:~ From AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.Outstanding exterior durability:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.


~ Bottom plate and batten fixing.

~ Installing signs, handrails and gates.

~ Installing duct work, pipe bracketsand suspended ceilings.

~ Corner guards.

Installation

1. Use fixture as a template, drill a hole to the correct diameter and depth.Clean hole thoroughly with brush.

2. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump, compressed air, etc.Insert anchor tightly against fixture and tighten with spanner.

3. Continue tightening, allowing the sleeve to twist and pull down the fixture firmly onto the base material.

12.1 DynaBolt™ Sleeve Anchors GENERAL INFORMATION


Mechanical AnchoringDynaBolt™12

88

Anchor Effective Part No.size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm) Zn Gal S/S

634 DP06040 – DP06040SS

53 DP06060 – DP06060SS

34 DP08040 – DP08040SS

8 60 DP08065 – DP08065SS

86 DP08090 – DP08090SS

34 DP10040 DP10040GH –

42 DP10050 DP10050GH DP10050SS

10 69 DP10075 DP10075GH DP10075SS

96 DP10100 DP10100GH DP10100SS

117 DP10125 – –

Anchor Effective Part No.size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm) Zn Gal S/S

47 DP12060 DP12060GH DP12060SS

1262 DP12070 DP12070GH DP12070SS

90 DP12100 DP12100GH DP12100SS

118 DP12125 DP12125GH DP12125SS

51 DP16065 DP16065GH –

16 95 DP16110 DP16110GH –

129 DP16140 DP16140GH –

70 DP20080 DP20080GH –

20 102 DP20115 DP20115GH –

146 DP20160 – –




size, dhDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na

(mm)diameter, dh diameter, df effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa

6 6 820

1030 60 40 2.5 1.6 2.1 2.3

30 55 105 70 2.5 3.0 3.7 3.7

8 8 1030

1550 95 65 4.0 3.0 3.8 4.3

40 75 150 100 4.0 4.6 5.8 5.8

10 10 1235

3550 100 70 6.4 3.8 4.8 5.4

50 85 165 110 6.4 6.5 8.2 9.2

40 65 125 85 7.9 4.6 5.9 6.6

12 12 15 50 55 90 180 120 7.9 6.5 8.2 9.2

60 105 210 140 7.9 8.5 10.8 11.6

55 75 145 95 10.5 7.5 9.5 10.6

16 16 19 70 85 105 210 140 10.5 10.7 13.6 15.2

80 135 270 180 10.5 13.1 15.3 15.3

70 90 180 120 15.6 10.7 13.6 15.2

20 20 24 85 165 130 255 170 15.6 14.4 18.2 20.3

100 195 390 260 15.6 18.3 22.8 22.8



AnchorThread

Stress Carbon steel Stainless steel Sectionsize, dh size, db

area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)

6 M4.5 11.3 720 900 480 600 5.4

8 M6 20.1 640 800 480 600 12.7

10 M8 36.6 560 700 480 600 31.2

12 M10 58.0 440 550 480 600 62.3

16 M12 84.3 400 500 – – 109.2

20 M16 157.0 320 400 – – 277.5





89








12.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:


~ Tension limited by the lesser of carbon steel capacityand concrete cone capacity at h = 5 dh.


~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 10 20 4030

0

10

20

40

50

30

10

6

8

12

16

20

STEP 1

Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20

Edge distance, em 55 60 70 70 75 85

Anchor spacing, am 35 40 45 45 50 55

Checkpoint 1





90



Edge distance, e (mm) 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150


2530 135 0.9740 0.88 1 150 0.77 0.86 0.95 160 0.69 0.77 0.84 0.92 170 0.63 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.9775 0.61 0.67 0.74 0.80 0.9280 0.59 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.88 185 0.57 0.63 0.68 0.74 0.85 0.9690 0.56 0.61 0.66 0.71 0.82 0.92 195 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.79 0.89 0.94 1100 0.53 0.58 0.63 0.67 0.77 0.86 0.91 0.95



Anchor spacing, a (mm) 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300


25 0.83 0.90 130 0.78 0.83 0.94 135 0.74 0.79 0.88 0.9840 0.71 0.75 0.83 0.92 150 0.67 0.70 0.77 0.83 0.92 1 160 0.64 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 170 0.62 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.9875 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94 180 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.97 185 0.60 0.62 0.66 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.94 0.9990 0.59 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.87 0.92 0.9695 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.92100 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.92


Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20


20 3.7 3.725 5.2 5.2 5.230 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.940 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.650 14.8 14.8 14.8 14.860 19.4 19.4 19.470 24.4 24.480 29.9 29.990 35.6100 41.7



f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40Xnc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12


91



Anchor spacing, a (mm) 50 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300


25 0.67 0.80 130 0.56 0.67 0.89 135 0.48 0.57 0.76 0.9540 0.42 0.50 0.67 0.83 150 0.33 0.40 0.53 0.67 0.83 1 160 0.28 0.33 0.44 0.56 0.69 0.83 0.97 170 0.24 0.29 0.38 0.48 0.60 0.71 0.83 0.95 175 0.22 0.27 0.36 0.44 0.56 0.67 0.78 0.89 180 0.21 0.25 0.33 0.42 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.83 0.94 185 0.20 0.24 0.31 039 0.49 0.59 0.69 0.78 0.88 0.9890 0.19 0.22 0.30 0.37 0.46 0.56 0.65 0.74 0.83 0.9395 0.18 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.79 0.88100 0.17 0.20 0.27 0.33 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.75 0.83



Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20

Carbon steel 8.1 12.9 20.5 25.5 33.7 50.2

316 Stainless steel 5.4 9.6 17.6 27.8 – –

Checkpoint 3









92



Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20


35 2.140 2.6 3.050 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.1 5.960 4.7 5.4 6.1 6.7 7.7 8.6100 10.1 11.7 13.1 14.3 16.6 18.5150 18.6 21.5 24.1 26.4 30.4 34.0200 28.7 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 52.4250 40.1 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 73.2300 52.7 60.9 68.0 74.5 86.1 96.2400 93.7 104.8 114.8 132.5 148.2500 185.2 207.0600 272.2






55 0.81 0.78 0.72 0.68 0.61 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.5460 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.5370 0.90 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.64 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.5475 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.75 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.5485 0.99 0.93 0.84 0.78 0.67 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.54 0.53100 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53125 1.00 0.92 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54150 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55200 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57225 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68 0.65 0.61 0.59 0.58250 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58500 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67625 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.751000 1.00 0.90 0.831250 1.00 0.921500 1.00





f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40

Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12

Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00


93





Anchor size, dh (mm) 6 8 10 12 16 20

Carbon steel 5.0 8.0 12.7 15.8 20.9 31.1

316 Stainless steel 3.4 6.0 10.9 17.3 – –









Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00


94



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ DynaBolt™ Anchor,


ExampleRamset™ DynaBolt™ Anchor,

16 mm (DP16110GH).Maximum fixed thickness to be 12 mm.


Mechanical AnchoringDynaSet™ 13

95

ProductThe DynaSet™ Anchor is a medium duty, displacementsetting expansion anchor.


Fast installation:~ Shallow embedment and simple setting action.Convenient:~ Threaded rod can be cut to equal lengths.

~ Flanged version sits flush with surface in overdrilled holes.Ideal as reusable anchorage point:~ Internal threaded design.

~ No protruding metal parts when bolt or rod is removed.Superior corrosion resistance:~ AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.


~ Suspended services, such as cabletray, ventilation ducts or plumbingfixtures.

~ Stadium seating.~ Holding down machinery.~ Installing racking.~ Suspended ceilings.

Installation

1. Drill hole at recommended diameter, to at least the anchor length indepth. Clean hole thoroughly with a brush. Remove debris by way of avacuum pump, compressed air, hand pump etc.

2. Insert anchor and push to required depth. Using the special setting tool,drive the expander plug down until shoulder of the setting punch meetstop of the anchor.

3. Position fixture then insert the bolt and tighten with spanner. The DynaSet™ anchor remains set in position if the bolt is removed.

13.1 DynaSet™ Drop In Anchors GENERAL INFORMATION


Mechanical AnchoringDynaSet™13

96



AnchorAnchor Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Section

size, dbstress area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z

(mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)

M6 24.3 350 440 480 600 36.9

M8 32.0 350 440 480 600 63.7

M10 40.7 340 430 480 600 100.2

M12 96.3 260 320 – – 292.9

M12 S/S 72.0 – – 480 600 214.9

M16 125.5 320 450 480 600 502.1

M20 159.8 320 450 480 600 789.6

Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)Anchor Drilled hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Nasize, db diameter, dh effective torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) depth, h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

M6 8 23 6 80 60 50 2.2 2.2 2.8 3.1

M8 10 28 10 100 70 60 2.9 3.0 3.8 4.2

M10 12 38 20 135 95 80 3.5 4.7 6.0 6.7

M10 Flanged 12 28 12 100 70 60 2.9 3.1 3.8 4.2

M12 16** 48 40 170 120 100 6.6 6.7 8.5 9.5

M16 20 63 95 220 160 130 10.4 8.9 11.2 12.6

M20 24 78 180 275 195 160 13.1 13.9 17.5 19.6

* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.** Hole diameter = 15 mm for M12SS


AnchorAnchor Effective Part No.

size, dblength, L depth, h

Zn S/S(mm) (mm)

M6 25 23 DSM06 DSM06SS

M8 30 28 DSM08 DSM08SS

M10 40 38 DSM10 DSM10SS

M10 Flanged 30 28 DSF10 –

M12 50 48 DSM12 DSM12SS

M16 65 63 DSM16 –

60 58 – DSM16SS

M20 80 78 DSM20 –


Read value from “Description and Part Numbers” table, page 96.


97







13.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:


~ Tension limited by carbon steel capacity.


~ f'c = 32 MPa

~ Bolt capacity to be confirmed separately.

0 10 20 30

0

10

20

30

40

M10M8

M6

M12

M16

M20

STEP 1

Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M10 F M12 M16 M20

Edge distance, em 80 100 135 100 170 220 275

Anchor spacing, am 60 70 95 70 120 160 195

Checkpoint 1


Read value from “Description and Part Numbers” table on page 96.


98





60 0.9365 0.9770 1 0.92 0.9280 0.98 0.9890 1 1100 0.94110 0.98120 1 0.92130 0.95150 1 0.90170 0.95180 0.98190 1200 0.93220 0.97230 0.99235 1




Effective depth, h (mm) 23 28 38 28 48 63 78

Concrete compressivestrength, f’c (MPa)

20 4.0 5.4 8.5 5.4 12.0 18.1 25.025 4.5 6.0 9.5 6.0 13.5 20.3 27.932 5.1 6.8 10.7 6.8 15.2 22.9 31.640 5.7 7.6 12.0 7.6 17.0 25.6 35.3


Xnc = 1.0 as concrete compressive strength effect included in table 2a.


Xne = 1.0 for all valid edge distance values.


99





60 0.8765 0.9470 1 0.83 0.8380 0.95 0.9590 1 1100 0.88110 0.96120 1 0.83130 0.90150 1 0.79170 0.90180 0.95190 1 0.81200 0.85220 0.94230 0.98235 1



Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Carbon steel 8.5 11.2 13.8 24.7 40.2 51.1

316 Stainless steel 11.7 15.4 19.5 34.6 60.2 –

Checkpoint 3



Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, ØNtf from literature supplied by the specified bolt manufacturer. For nominal expected capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards, refer to section 28, page 161.






100



Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M12 S/S M16 M20


80 8.4100 11.7 13.1125 16.4 18.3150 21.5 24.1 26.4175 27.1 30.3 33.2 38.3 37.1200 33.1 37.0 40.6 46.9 45.4250 46.3 51.8 56.7 65.5 63.4 73.2300 68.0 74.5 86.1 83.3 96.2 105.4350 93.9 108.5 105.0 121.3 132.8400 114.8 132.5 128.3 148.2 162.3500 207.0 226.8650 336.2



Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12



Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00





60 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.5570 0.68 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.5580 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.56 0.55100 0.75 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55120 0.80 0.74 0.69 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.56160 0.90 0.82 0.76 0.71 0.68 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.58 0.56200 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.56250 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.63 0.60 0.58300 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.59400 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.62500 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.65625 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.75 0.69750 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.73875 1.00 0.94 0.85 0.771000 1.00 0.90 0.811250 1.00 0.881625 1.00


101





Anchor size, db M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Carbon steel 4.5 5.8 7.1 13.2 20.9 26.3

316 Stainless steel 6.1 7.9 10.0 17.8 31.3 39.4


Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity, ØVsf from literature supplied by the specified bolt manufacturer. For nominal expected capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards, refer to section 28, page 161.







Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00


102



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ DynaSet™ Anchor,

(Anchor Size) ((Part Number)) with a (Bolt Grade) bolt.

ExampleRamset™ DynaSet™ Anchor, M16 (DSM16)

with a Gr. 4.6 bolt.To be installed in accordance with

Ramset™ Technical Data Sheet.

14

103

Mechanical AnchoringRediDrive™

ProductThe RediDrive™ Anchor is a light duty, impact setting interference fit anchor.


Fast installation:~ Anchor is simply hammered in.Secure:~ Mushroom head is tamper resistant and interference fit is permanent.Suitable for non-coastal exterior use:~ Mechanical Zinc Plating.


~ Conduit and pipework.

~ Window frames.

~ Battens.

~ Fire collars.

Installation

1. Drill 5 mm diameter hole to correct depthusing fixture as template. Clean thoroughly with brush.

2. Remove debris by way of vacuum or handpump, compressed air etc.

3. Insert dog point into hole through fixture andstrike head of anchor using mash hammeruntil head is flush with surface.

14.1 RediDrive™ Hammer In Anchors GENERAL INFORMATION

PERFORMANCE MATERIAL INSTALLATION RELATED

14

104

Mechanical AnchoringRediDrive™



size, dbDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na

(mm)diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 30 MPa

18 48 2.1 1.3 1.8

5 5 6.5 25 63 75 60 4.6 1.7 2.5

30 70 4.9 2.6 3.6


Anchor size, db Effective length, Le Part No.(mm) (mm) Zn

20 RD05020

30 RD05030

540 RD05040

50 RD05050

65 RD05065

75 RD05075


Anchor Stress Carbon steel Sectionsize, dh area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)

5 20 800 1000 12.3

These anchors are not recommended for structure criticalapplications and are typically used for simple fixing and finishingapplications. Their capacity information is therefore presented insimple Working Load Limit format.


h = Le - t


15

105

Mechanical AnchoringShureDrive™

ProductThe ShureDrive™ Anchor is a light duty, impact settinginterference fit anchor.


Convenient:~ Simply insert through fixture and hammer in.Economical:~ Zinc body and Zinc Plated nail.Secure:~ Tamper resistant head style.


~ Galvanised brick ties.

~ Signs.

~ Switch boxes.

~ Shelf brackets.

Installation1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean

thoroughly with brush. Remove debris by wayof vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.

2. Insert ShureDrive™ into hole through fixtureuntil head is tight against fixture.

3. Drive home expansion nail with hammer.

15.1 ShureDrive™ Anchors GENERAL INFORMATION


15

106

Mechanical AnchoringShureDrive™



size, dbDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Tension, Na

(mm)diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac Shear, Va Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 40 MPa

5 5 6 19 20 30 1.0 0.8 0.80

6 6 7 25 24 36 1.4 1.0 1.0


Anchor size, Effective length, Part No.db (mm) Le (mm) Zn S/S

5 22 SDM05022 –

630 SDM06030 SDM06030SS

50 SDM06050 –



h = Le - t


16

107

Mechanical AnchoringRamPlug™

ProductThe RamPlug™ Anchor is a light duty, rotation setting interference fit anchor.


Fast and easy to install:~ Anchor simply hammered in.Convenient:~ Tangs ensure anchor sits flush with substrate surface in over drilled holes.Versatile:~ Anchor accepts many types of screw.


~ Electrical fittings.

~ Lightweight steel.

~ Timber.

Installation

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Cleanthoroughly with brush. Remove debris by wayof vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.

2. Insert the RamPlug™ into hole until flush withthe surface.

3. Pass wood screw through fixture and into the RamPlug™. Tighten with screwdriver.

Note: (1) Screw length = length of Ramplug™ + thickness of fixture(2) Ultra long plugs supplied with screw.

16.1 RamPlug™

GENERAL INFORMATION


16

108

Mechanical AnchoringRamPlug™



Anchorsize, db

Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na

(mm)diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Conc. compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 40 MPa

DNP05 5 5 6 25 20 30 50 0.4 0.30 0.30DNP06 6 6 7 30 24 36 55 0.8 0.50 0.50DNP07 7 7 7 30 28 42 55 1.1 0.65 0.65DNP08 8 8 8 40 32 48 65 1.3 0.80 0.80DNP10 10 10 9 50 40 60 75 2.4 1.20 1.20DNP12 12 12 12 60 48 72 85 3.0 1.80 1.80

DLP06 6 6 7 60 24 36 85 0.4 0.35 0.35DLP08 8 8 8 80 32 48 105 0.8 0.45 0.45DLP10 10 10 9 80 40 60 105 1.1 0.55 0.55

DUP10080 10 10 9 80 40 60 105 2.4 0.80 0.80DUP10100 10 10 9 100 40 60 125 2.4 0.80 0.80DUP10135 10 10 9 135 40 60 160 2.4 0.80 0.80DUP10160 10 10 9 160 40 60 185 2.4 0.80 0.80


Anchor size, db Effective length, Le Part No.(mm) (mm) Standard Long Ultra Long - C/S Pozi* Ultra Long - Hex Head

5 25 DNP05 – – –

630 DNP06 – – –

60 – DLP06 – –

7 35 DNP07 – – –

840 DNP08 – – –

80 – DLP08 – –

50 DNP10 – – –

80 – – DUP10080F DUP10080H

1090 – DLP10 – –

100 – – DUP10100F DUP10100H

140 – – DUP10135F DUP10135H

160 – – DUP10160F DUP10160H

12 60 DNP12 – – –

* No. 3 Pozi Bit.


17

109

Mechanical AnchoringEasyDrive Nylon Anchor

ProductThe EasyDrive Nylon Anchor is a light duty, impact setting interference fit anchor.


Fast installation:~ Anchor simply hammered or screwed in.Versatile:~ Choice of head styles.Corrosion resistant:~ Stainless steel nail.Economical:~ Zinc Plated nail.


~ Timber battens.

~ Skirting boards.


~ External flashing.

~ Conduit brackets.

~ Down pipes.

Installation

17.1 EasyDrive Nylon Anchor GENERAL INFORMATION

*

(ED)

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth usingfixture as template. Clean thoroughly withbrush. Remove debris by way of vacuum orhand pump, compressed air etc.

2. Insert the EasyDrive nylon anchor into holethrough fixture until head is tight againstfixture.

3. Screw or tap home expansion nail withhammer. Expansion nail is easily removedwith screwdriver.


17

110

Mechanical AnchoringEasyDrive Nylon Anchor


Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)Anchor Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Nasize, db diameter, dh diameter, df effective distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Conc. compressive strength, f’c(mm) (mm) (mm) depth, h (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 40 MPa

5 5 5 20 20 30 45 0.50 0.20 0.20

6 6 6 30 24 36 55 0.75 0.30 0.30

6.5 6.5 6.5 25 26 39 50 0.80 0.30 0.30

8 8 8 40 32 48 65 1.00 0.40 0.40


Anchor Effective Part No.size, db length, Le Mushroom Head Round Head Flat Head Csk Head(mm) (mm) Zn* S/S* Zn* S/S* Zn* S/S* Zn*

20 TNM320 – – – – – –

25 TNM325 TNM325SS TNR325 TNR325SS TNL325 – –

5 33 – – – – ED05033 ED05033SS –

38 – – TNR338 – – – –

50 – – – – ED05050 – –

42 – – – – ED06042 – –

6 55 – – – – ED06055 ED06055SS –

70 – – – – ED06075 ED06075SS –

25 TNM425 TNM425SS TNR425 – – – TNF425

6.538 TNM438 – TNR438 – – – TNF438

50 TNM450 – TNR450 – – – TNF450

75 TNM475 – – – – – TNF475

875 – – – – ED08080 – –

120 – – – – ED08120 – –


h = Le - t


* Expansion nail.


111

Mechanical Anchoring Notes

112

CHEMICALANCHORINGOVERVIEW

The key feature of ChemSet™ chemical anchors is that they donot impart an expansion stress on the surrounding substrate.This makes chemical anchoring ideal for close to edge fixingsor for close anchor spacings.

The superior bond of ChemSet™ chemical anchors makes themideal for installing starter bars, because the required pull outstrength is achieved in shallower holes than is possible withcementitious mortars.

The polymer matrix of ChemSet™ chemical anchors makesthem ideal for cyclic load cases and vibrating loads, such asthose encountered in machinery and heavy plant hold down.

The superior strength of grade 5.8 carbon steel threaded studanchors gives the ChemSet™ chemical anchor systems greatersteel capacity than regular grade 4.6 threaded rod.

The Ramset™ ChemSet™ range of chemical anchoring systemsprovide different options of cost and performance for thedesigner and for the applicator.

For the designer, selection of the correct chemical anchoringsolution to his or her design problem will often be based uponthe strength capacity of the system, but may also involveissues such as chemical resistance.

The following section introduces the designer and/or engineerto the components of the ChemSet™ chemical anchoring rangeand provides information to allow selection of the anchor withthe right capacity for various environmental conditions.

AnchorNominal Nominal Number of fixings

sizehole diameter hole depth 101 800 Series

(mm) (mm) Mini Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge JumboM8 10 80 35 96 195 91 193

M10 12 90 24 66 133 62 132

M12 14 110 15 43 87 41 86

M16 18 125 10 27 55 26 54

M20 24 150 4 11 22 10 22

M24 26 160 4 12 24 11 24

Estimating Chart

Fixings per cartridge for ChemSet™ Injection:

Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Anchor Stud

113

18

ProductSteel threaded studs for use with all ChemSet™

anchoring products, capsules and injection mortars.


Ensures maximum performance from ChemSet™

chemical anchors:~ Made from high performance Grade 5.8 Steel.Superior corrosion resistance:~ AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.Outstanding exterior resistance:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.Convenient:~ Supplied with nuts and washers and setting tool for

spin capsules.

~ Depth setting mark to ensure correct embedment.

18.1 ChemSet™ Anchor Studs GENERAL INFORMATION


Anchor Anchor Nominal effective Nominal fixture Effective Part No.size, db length, L depth, hn thickness, t length, Le(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Zn Gal S/S

M8 110 80 15 95 CS08110 CS08110GH CS08110SS

M10 130 90 25 115 CS10130 CS10130GH CS10130SS

M12160 110 30 140 CS12160 CS12160GH CS12160SS

180 110 50 160 CS12180 – –

M16 190 125 40 165 CS16190 CS16190GH CS16190SS

M20 260 150 75 225 CS20260 CS20260GH CS20260SS

M24 300 160 105 265 CS24300 CS24300GH CS24300SS


AnchorCarbon Steel Stainless Steel Section

size, dbMin. diameter, dm Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Stress Area, As Yield Strength, fy UTS, fu modulus, Z

(mm) (MPa) (MPa) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)

M8 6.5 430 540 36.6 450 650 31.2

M10 8.2 430 540 58.0 450 650 62.3

M12 10.0 430 540 84.3 450 650 109.2

M16 14.0 420 520 157.0 450 650 277.5

M20 17.2 420 520 245.0 450 650 540.9

M24 20.7 420 520 353.0 450 650 935.5

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection Rod

114

ProductSteel threaded studs for use with ChemSet™ 101 injection mortar.


Economical:~ Grade 4.6 Steel.

~ Zinc Plated.Convenient:~ Supplied with nuts and washers.

~ Depth setting mark for correct embedment.Outstanding exterior resistance:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.

18.4 ChemSet™ Injection RodGENERAL INFORMATION


Anchor Anchor Nominal effective Nominal fixture Effective Part No.size, db length, L depth, hn thickness, t length, Le(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Zn Gal

M12 160 110 30 140 CR12160 CR12160GH

M16 190 125 40 165 CR16190 CR16190GH

18


Anchor size, db Stress area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Section modulus, Z(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (mm3)

M12 84.3 240 400 109.2

M16 157.0 240 400 277.5

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule 19

115

ProductChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule is a heavyduty, peroxide initiated capsule anchor.


No measuring, no mess, no waste:~ Adhesive is contained in pre-measured capsules.Versatile:~ Use in damp or flooded holes or even underwater.Fast installation:~ Cures in minutes and can be loaded in 20 min (at 20°C).High bond strength:~ Acrylic adhesive.High corrosion resistance:(See table 5.3 pages 22 and 23.)

19.1 ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin CapsulesGENERAL INFORMATION


~ Structural steel.

~ Machine hold down.

~ Factory fit out.

~ Fencing.

~ Stadium seating.

~ Balustrades.

~ Signs.

~ Applications requiring a set number of fixings.

Installation

1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole.2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush.

Remove all debris using hole blower.3. Insert correct size Spin capsule into the hole.4. Using appropriate driver accessories, drive

the ChemSet™ Anchor Stud into the holeusing a hammer drill (on rotation).

5. Cure as per setting times.6. Attach fixture and tighten nut in accordance

with recommended tightening torque.

Installation temperature limits:

~ Substrate: -5°C to 35°C.

Load should not be applied to anchor until thechemical has sufficiently cured as specified.

Service temperature limits:-23°C to 60°C.

Setting Times

20°C15°C10°C5°C0°C-5°C

Subs

trat

e Te

mpe

ratu

re 15 20 mins

25 30 mins

45 1

60 5

Gel Time Loading Time(mins) (hrs)


Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule

19.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules

Capsule dimensions To suit ChemSet™ Anchor Stud CapsulePart No.Nominal diameter, d (mm) Capsule length, L (mm) Anchor size, db Effective depth, h (mm)

9.5 80 M8 80 CHEM08

11 80 M10 90 CHEM10

13 95 M12 110 CHEM12

17 95 M16 125 CHEM16

21.5 115 M20 150 CHEM2024

21.5 115 M24 160 CHEM2024

19

116

AnchorInstallation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit

size, dbDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na (kN)

(mm)diameter, dh diameter, df effective depth, torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va (kN) Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) (mm) h (mm) (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

M8 10 10 80 10 30 50 100 4.5 6.5 6.5 6.5

M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120 7.1 9.3 10.3 10.3

M12 14 15 110 40 50 70 140 10.5 13.3 15.3 15.4

M16 18 19 125 95 65 100 160 19.9 19.4 22.3 23.9

M20 24 24150

180 80 120190 30.0 31.0 35.7 38.2

170** 220 30.0 35.2 40.5 43.3

M24 26 28160

315 95 145200 42.2 35.9 41.3 44.1

210** 270 42.2 47.1 54.2 57.9

* Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.** Note: To achieve these non standard effective depths, use an additional CHEM08 Maxima™ spin capsule per hole.

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules and ChemSet™ Anchor Stud


Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studson page 113.

19

117

Strength Limit State Design Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule




Anchor effective depth, h (mm) is read from the “Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Maxima™

Spin Capsules (page 116).



19.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:


~ Tension limited by concrete capacity.


~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 10 20 30 40 60 70 80 90 10050

0

20

10

40

30

70

80

60

50

M10

M8

M12

M16

M20

M24

STEP 1


em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75

Checkpoint 1

19

118

Strength Limit State DesignChemical AnchoringChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule




25 0.8530 0.96 0.8335 1 0.91 0.8140 1 0.8850 1 0.8560 0.96 0.8365 1 0.8775 0.96 0.8580 1 0.88100 1




25 0.7630 0.81 0.7535 0.86 0.79 0.7440 0.92 0.83 0.7850 1 0.92 0.85 0.7660 1 0.92 0.81 0.7575 1 0.89 0.81 0.76100 1 0.92 0.85120 1 0.92150 1



Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 10 12 14 18 24 26


80 14.390 19.2110 27.5125 40.2150 64.4160 74.3


f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50

Xnc 0.87 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.14


19

119





25 0.5230 0.63 0.5035 0.73 0.58 0.4940 0.83 0.67 0.5650 1 0.83 0.69 0.5260 1 0.83 0.63 0.5075 1 0.78 0.63 0.52100 1 0.83 0.69120 1 0.83150 1




ChemSet™ Anchor Stud14.2 22.7 33.8 64.1 96.5 139.8Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel

ChemSet™ Anchor Stud16.5 26.1 37.9 70.7 110.3 158.9A4/316 Stainless Steel

Checkpoint 3








19

120





25 1.630 2.2 2.4 2.635 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.650 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2 7.260 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4 9.875 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7125 18.3 20.1 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5200 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7300 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7400 140.5 162.3 168.9500 226.8 236.1600 310.3


Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, concrete edge shear, Xvcf’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50

Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25



Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00





25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.5430 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.5335 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.5250 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.5360 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.5275 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75875 0.94 0.85 0.791000 1.00 0.90 0.831250 1.00 0.921500 1.00


19

121













Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus (kN), Øv = 0.8Anchor size, db M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24



19

122



Checkpoint 6 Check



Specify – Spin CapsulesRamset™ ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule,

((Capsule Part Number)) with(Anchor Size) grade 5.8 ChemSet™ Anchor Stud

((Anchor Stud Part Number)).

ExampleRamset™ ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule,

(CHEM16) with M16 grade 5.8ChemSet™ Anchor Stud (CS16190).


Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 800 Series 20

123

ProductChemSet™ Injection 801 is a heavy duty, true epoxyinjection anchor.ChemSet™ Injection 802 is a heavy duty, true epoxyinjection anchor.


Suitable for structural applications:~ High bond strength.Suitable for use in contact with drinking water:~ Meets AS/NZ4020 - 1999.Suitable for fire rated dowel bars:~ Meets AS1530.4.Suitable for diamond cored holes:~ High bond strength.Suitable for use in industrial environments where corrosionand alkali resistance are required:(See table 5.3 pages 22 and 23.)Versatile:~ Rapid cure for temperate climates and longer working time for deep holes

or hot climates.

20.1 ChemSet™ Injection 800 SeriesGENERAL INFORMATION


~ Structural steel.

~ Starter bars.

~ Structural applications requiring highstrength and corrosion resistance indry holes.

Installation


Remove all debris using hole blower. Hole must be dry.

3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly,ensuring no air pockets form.

4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ AnchorStud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning.

5. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times.6. Attach fixture.

Installation temperature limits:~ Substrate: 5°C to 40°C.

~ Mortar: 18°C to 35°C.Load should not be applied to anchor until thechemical has sufficiently cured as specified.


40°C

30°C25°C20°C

10°C5°CSu

bstr

ate

Tem

pera

ture

Note: Cartridge temperature minimum 15°C.

– – 7 10

3 10 12 174 12 20 206 14 25 23

40 24 90 3375 36 120 66

801 802

Gel Time Loading Time Gel Time Loading Time(mins) (hrs) (mins) (hrs)

Setting Times


Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 800 Series

20

124


Description Cartridge Size Climate Part No.

ChemSet™ 801 Cartridge 400 ml Temperate C801C

ChemSet™ 801 Jumbo Cartridge 750 ml Temperate C801J

ChemSet™ 802 Cartridge 400 ml Tropical C802C

Mixer Nozzle for 800 Series – – ISNE





M8 10 10 80 10 30 50 100 5.3 6.5 6.5 6.5

M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120 7.1 8.6 9.9 10.3

M12 14 15 110 40 50 70 140 10.5 12.5 14.4 15.3

M16 18 19 125 95 65 100 160 19.9 16.9 19.6 20.8

M20 24 24150

180 80 120190 30.0 24.3 28.1 29.9

170 220 30.0 29.3 33.9 36.1

M24 26 28160

315 95 145200 43.4 28.8 33.3 35.5

210 270 43.4 43.3 50.1 53.4

* Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs




Preferred h = hn otherwise,

h = Le - t

h ≥ 6 * dh

t = total thickness of material(s) being fastened.

20

125

Strength Limit State Design Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 800 Series





20.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:


~ Tension limited by concrete capacityusing nominal depths.


~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 10 20 30 40 60 70 80 90 10050

0

20

10

40

30

70

50

60

M10

M8

M12

M16

M20

M24

STEP 1


em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75

Checkpoint 1


Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs (page 113).



h = Le - t

h ≥ 6 * dh


20

126

Strength Limit State DesignChemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 800 Series




25 0.8530 0.96 0.8335 1 0.91 0.8140 1 0.8850 1 0.8560 0.96 0.8365 1 0.8775 0.96 0.8580 1 0.88100 1




25 0.7630 0.81 0.7535 0.86 0.79 0.7440 0.92 0.83 0.7850 1 0.92 0.85 0.7660 1 0.92 0.81 0.7575 1 0.89 0.81 0.76100 1 0.92 0.85120 1 0.92150 1





5060 8.970 11.2 12.280 13.7 15.090 17.8 19.2100 20.9 22.5110 25.9 29.1120 29.5 33.1125 31.4 35.2 38.5140 37.2 41.8 45.7150 50.6 54.5160 55.8 60.0170 61.1 65.7180 66.6 71.6190 72.2 77.7200 78.0 83.9210 90.2220 96.8230 103.4240 110.3


f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50

Xnc 0.87 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.14

Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths.Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.

20

127





25 0.5230 0.63 0.5035 0.73 0.58 0.4940 0.83 0.67 0.5650 1 0.83 0.69 0.5260 1 0.83 0.63 0.5075 1 0.78 0.63 0.52100 1 0.83 0.69120 1 0.83150 1






Checkpoint 3








20

128





25 1.630 2.2 2.435 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.650 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2 6.960 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.0 9.875 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 12.6 13.7125 18.3 20.1 21.7 24.6 27.1 29.5200 40.6 43.8 49.7 54.9 59.7300 80.5 91.3 100.9 109.7400 140.5 155.4 168.9500 217.2 236.1600 310.3



Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25



Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00





25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.5430 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.5335 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.5250 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.5360 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.5275 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75875 0.94 0.85 0.791000 1.00 0.90 0.831250 1.00 0.921500 1.00


20

129













Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00


ChemSet™ Threaded Stud8.9 14.1 21.0 39.7 59.9 86.8Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel

ChemSet™ Threaded Stud12.7 23.9 34.7 64.6 100.8 145.2A4/316 Stainless Steel

20

130



Checkpoint 6 Check



Specify – Threaded StudAnchors

Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 800 Serieswith (Anchor Size) grade 5.8

ChemSet™ Anchor Stud((Anchor Stud Part Number)).

Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.

ExampleRamset™ ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series

with M16 grade 5.8ChemSet™ Anchor Stud (CS16190).Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm.


Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Hammer Capsule 21

131

ProductChemSet™ Hammer Capsule is a medium duty, peroxide initiated capsule anchor.


High bond strength:~ Low viscosity, epoxy acrylate adhesive.Fast installation:~ Just hammer in stud to set. Load in 1 hour (at 20°C).No measuring, no mess, no waste:~ Adhesive is contained in pre-measured capsule.

21.1 ChemSet™ Hammer CapsulesGENERAL INFORMATION


~ Starter bars.

~ Shed kits.

~ Shop fitting.

~ Machinery.

~ Applications requiring a set number of anchorings.

Installation


Remove all debris using hole blower. Hole may be damp but no water present.

3. Insert capsule with arrow pointing into thehole. For a deeper hole use two capsules end to end.

4. Cover hole with splash guard. Hammer cleanrebar or ChemSet™ Anchor Stud with settingtool to the bottom of hole.

5. Cure as per setting times.


~ Substrate: -5°C to 35°C.

Load should not be applied to anchor until thechemical has sufficiently cured as specified.


Setting Times

20°C15°C10°C5°C0°C-5°C

Subs

trat

e Te

mpe

ratu

re 30 1

50 2

90 5

120 10



Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Hammer Capsule

21.2 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules

Capsule dimensions To suitNominal Capsule ChemSet™ Anchor Stud Reinforcement bar Capsule

diameter, d length, LAnchor size, db

Effective depth, hSize

Effective depth per Part No.(mm) (mm) (mm) capsule, h (mm)

11 90 M10 90 – HAC10

13 110 M12 110 Y12 125 HAC12

17 125 M16 125 Y16 150 HAC16

21

132





M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 120 7.1 7.7 8.9 9.5

M12 14 15 110 40 50 70 140 10.5 11.0 12.6 13.5

M16 18 19 125 95 65 100 160 19.9 16.0 18.5 19.7


Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs


size, dbDrilled hole Anchor Capsules Edge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na (kN)

(mm)diameter, dh effective depth, per hole distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va (kN) Concrete compressive strength, f’c

(mm) h (mm) (Qty) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

N12 15120 1 50 75 150 14.7 12.8 14.8 15.8

240 2 50 75 300 14.7 21.2 21.2 21.1

N16 20150 1 65 100 190 26.8 21.4 24.6 26.3

300 2 65 100 380 26.8 38.6 38.6 38.6

* Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please contact Ramset Technical Sales Engineers for assistance.

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules and reinforcement bar



21

133

Strength Limit State Design Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Hammer Capsule




Anchor effective depth, h (mm) is read from the “Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™

Hammer Capsules (page 132).



21.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:


~ Tension limited by concrete capacity.


~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 10 20 30 40 50

0

10

20

40

30

M10

M12

M16

STEP 1

Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16

em, am 30 35 50

Checkpoint 1

21

134

Strength Limit State DesignChemical AnchoringChemSet™ Hammer Capsule




30 0.8335 0.91 0.8140 1 0.8850 1 0.8560 0.9665 1




30 0.7535 0.79 0.7440 0.83 0.7850 0.92 0.85 0.7660 1 0.92 0.8175 1 0.89100 1



Drilled hole dia., dh (mm) 12 14 18


90 15.9110 22.7125 33.2


f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50

Xnc 0.87 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.14


21

135





30 0.5035 0.58 0.4940 0.67 0.5650 0.83 0.69 0.5260 1 0.83 0.6375 1 0.78100 1



Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16

ChemSet™ Anchor Stud22.7 33.8 64.1Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel

ChemSet™ Anchor Stud26.1 37.9 70.7A4/316 Stainless Steel

Checkpoint 3








21

136





30 2.435 3.0 3.2 3.650 5.1 5.5 6.260 6.7 7.2 8.275 9.3 10.1 11.4125 20.1 21.7 24.6200 40.6 43.8 49.7300 80.5 91.3400 140.5



Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25



Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00





25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.5430 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.5335 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.5250 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.5360 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.5375 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70500 1.00 0.83 0.75625 0.92 0.81750 1.00 0.88875 0.941000 1.00


21

137













Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus (kN), Øv = 0.8Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16

ChemSet™ Anchor Stud14.1 21.0 39.7Grade 5.8 Carbon Steel

ChemSet™ Anchor Stud23.9 34.7 64.6A4/316 Stainless Steel

21

138



Checkpoint 6 Check



Specify – Hammer CapsulesRamset™ ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule,

((Capsule Part Number)) with(Anchor Size) grade 5.8 ChemSet™ Anchor Stud

((Anchor Stud Part Number)).

ExampleRamset™ ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule,

(HAC16) with M16 grade 5.8ChemSet™ Anchor Stud (CS16190).


Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 101 22

139

ProductChemSet™ Injection 101 is a medium duty, peroxide initiated injection anchor.


Fast installation:~ Load in 1 hour (at 20°C).Suitable for fire rated dowel bar installations:~ Meets AS1530.4.Versatile:~ Suitable for anchoring into a wide variety of substrates.

Installation


Remove all debris using hole blower. Hole may be damp but no water present.

3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole. Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly,ensuring no air pockets form.

4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ AnchorStud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning.

5. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times.6. Attach fixture.


~ Substrate: 0°C to 43°C.

~ Mortar: 15°C to 30°C.

Load should not be applied to anchor until thechemical has sufficiently cured as specified inthe following diagrams.



~ Hollow brick and block.

~ Stadium seating.

~ Starter bars.

~ Balustrades.

Subs

trat

e Te

mpe

ratu

re 40°C

30°C

20°C

5°C0°C


4 0.75

7 1

10 1.5

30 540 7

101


Setting Times

22.1 ChemSet™ Injection 101 GENERAL INFORMATION


Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 101

22

140



ChemSet™ 101 Mini Cartridge 150 ml Temperate C101M

ChemSet™ 101 Cartridge 400 ml Temperate C101C

ChemSet™ 101 Jumbo Cartridge 750 ml Temperate C101J

Mixer Nozzle for 101 – – ISNP





M8 10 10 80 10 35 50 100 4.4 3.4 4.5 5.1

M10 12 12 90 20 40 60 115 7.1 4.5 6.0 6.8

M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140 10.5 6.4 8.6 9.7

M16 18 19 125 95 65 95 160 19.9 10.1 13.5 15.3

M20 24 24150

180 80 120190 30.0 16.6 22.3 25.2

170 215 30.0 18.8 25.2 28.6

M24 26 28160

315 95 145200 43.4 24.4 32.7 37.0

210 265 43.4 32.1 42.9 48.6


Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet™ Injection 101 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs





M12 14 15 110 40 50 75 140 8.4 6.4 8.6 9.7

M16 18 19 125 95 65 95 160 15.6 10.1 13.5 15.3


Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet™ Injection 101 and ChemSet™ Injection Rod Anchors


Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs onpage 113 and ChemSet™ Injection Rod on page 114.



h = Le - t

h ≥ 6 * dh


22

141

Strength Limit State Design Chemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 101





22.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:

~ Shear limited by grade 5.8 steel capacity.

~ Tension limited by concrete capacityusing nominal depths.


~ f'c = 32 MPa

0 10 20 30 40 60 70 80 90 10050

0

20

10

40

30

60

50

M10M8

M12

M16

M20

M24

STEP 1


em, am 25 30 35 50 60 75

Checkpoint 1


Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for eitherChemSet™ Anchor Studs (page 113) or ChemSet™ Injection Rod (page 114).



h = Le - t

h ≥ 6 * dh


22

142

Strength Limit State DesignChemical AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 101




25 0.8530 0.96 0.8335 1 0.91 0.8140 1 0.8850 1 0.8560 0.96 0.8365 1 0.8775 0.96 0.8580 1 0.88100 1




25 0.7630 0.81 0.7535 0.86 0.79 0.7440 0.92 0.83 0.7850 1 0.92 0.85 0.7660 1 0.92 0.81 0.7575 1 0.89 0.81 0.76100 1 0.92 0.85120 1 0.92150 1





5060 6.170 7.2 8.480 8.2 9.690 10.8 12.7100 12.0 14.1110 15.5 21.3120 16.9 23.3125 17.6 24.2140 19.7 27.1 37.4150 40.1 55.2160 42.7 58.8170 45.4 62.5180 48.1 66.2190 50.7 69.9200 53.4 73.5210 77.2220 80.9230 84.6240 88.2


f’c (MPa) 20 25 32 40 50

Xnc 0.87 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.14

Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud and Injection Rod nominal depths.Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 6 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.

22

143





25 0.5230 0.63 0.5035 0.73 0.58 0.4940 0.83 0.67 0.5650 1 0.83 0.69 0.5260 1 0.83 0.63 0.5075 1 0.78 0.63 0.52100 1 0.83 0.69120 1 0.83150 1




ChemSet™ Injection Rod– – 27.0 50.2 – –Grade 4.6 Carbon Steel



Checkpoint 3








22

144





25 1.630 2.2 2.435 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.650 4.6 5.1 5.5 6.2 7.260 6.1 6.7 7.2 8.2 9.4 9.875 8.5 9.3 10.1 11.4 13.2 13.7125 18.3 20.1 21.7 24.6 28.4 29.5200 40.6 43.8 49.7 57.4 59.7300 80.5 91.3 105.4 109.7400 140.5 162.3 168.9500 226.8 236.1600 310.3



Xvc 0.79 0.88 1.00 1.12 1.25



Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00





25 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.5430 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.55 0.5335 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.56 0.54 0.5250 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.58 0.55 0.53 0.5360 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.74 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.5275 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53150 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.74 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55200 1.00 0.82 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57300 0.98 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60400 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75875 0.94 0.85 0.791000 1.00 0.90 0.831250 1.00 0.921500 1.00


22

145













Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00


ChemSet™ Injection Rod– – 16.7 31.1 – –Grade 4.6 Carbon Steel



22

146



Checkpoint 6 Check



Specify – Threaded StudAnchors

Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 101with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8

ChemSet™ Anchor Stud ((Anchor Stud Part Number)).

Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.

ExampleRamset™ ChemSet™ Injection 101

with M16 grade 5.8ChemSet™ Anchor Stud (CS16190).Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm.


Specify – Injection RodRamset™ ChemSet™ Injection 101

with (Anchor Size) grade 4.6 ChemSet™ Injection Rod

((Injection Rod Part Number)).Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.

ExampleRamset™ ChemSet™ Injection 101

with M16 grade 4.6ChemSet™ Injection Rod (CR16190).

Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm.To be installed in accordance with


147

Chemical Anchoring Notes

148

BRICK BLOCKANCHORINGOVERVIEW

Ramset™ provides a range of concrete anchors for anchoringinto pre-manufactured masonry units from lightweight fixturesto heavy structural connections including stud types and hexbolt finishes.

Anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units such asconcrete blocks, wire cut extruded clay brick and pressed solidbricks requires a different approach to anchoring into solid in-situ concrete or precast concrete units. The anchor mustfirmly clamp a fixture to the face of the substrate withoutsplitting it or causing other damage. The capacity of theanchors is frequently limited by the strength of the substrate,and the strength of the various units available on the marketvaries from manufacturer to manufacturer and from region toregion within any one manufacturer. Also being discrete unitsrather than a continuous slab means the anchor will always bein close proximity to an edge of that individual unit whilst alsopossibly being centrally placed within the overall structure.Ideally all anchors into these pre-manufactured masonry unitsshould be in the centre of the block or brick and in the case ofhollow units such as wire cut bricks and concrete blocks theanchors should be placed in the solid section of the unit, but itis not always practical to position fixtures to ensure this.

This section provides performance information to aid design ofconnections to pre-manufactured masonry units. It assistsdesign by recognising that positioning anchorage points in thecentre of a masonry unit is not always possible by providingcapacities for zones rather than specific points and we havealso endeavoured to provide a realistic evaluation of theanchor’s performance in the poorest performing section withinthese zones.

Please note that as the performance information on pre-manufactured masonry substrates is provided by thevarious manufacturers in Working Load Limit format ouranchor performance data in this section is also provided inWorking Load Limit format.

For lightweight applications into Brick and Block a number ofalternate Ramset™ Concrete Anchors may be considered.

1. ShureDrive™ (see page 105 – Mechanical Anchoring section).2. EasyDrive Nylon Anchors (see page 109 – Mechanical

Anchoring section).

The performance of the above anchors is not dependent on thesubstrate and therefore you may refer to the performancefigures detailed in the Mechanical Anchoring section.

AND

149

23.1.1 TYPICAL DIMENSIONS

23.1 TYPICAL PRE-MANUFACTURED MASONRY UNITS

76 mm

110 mm230 mm

CLAY BRICK – Overall

Nominal Wall Thickness32 mm

Nominal Hole Dia.46 mm

Nominal Wall Thickness 25 mm

Nominal Web Thickness 21 mm

THREE HOLE BRICK

SOLID BRICK

Nominal Wall Thickness21 mm

Nominal Wall Thickness 21 mm

Nominal Web ThicknessTypically 12 mm

TEN HOLE BRICK

Nominal Hole Dia.28 mm

190 mm

190 mm

390 mm

CONCRETE BLOCK – Overall

CONCRETE BLOCK

Nominal Wall Thickness 37.5 mm

Nominal 115 mm

Nominal 138 mm

Solid Three Hole Ten Hole ConcreteClay Brick Clay Brick Clay Brick Block

> 10 MPa > 30 MPa > 15 MPa > 8 MPa

23.1.2 CHARACTERISTIC UNCONFINEDCOMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

Note: Due to the manufacturing process, the internal cavities havetapered walls. Wall thickness indicated is a nominal dimension only,taken from the centre of the block.

23Brick and Block Anchoring

150

23.1.3 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

Corner – Brick

~ One anchor per brick.

~ Minimum edge distance = one brick.

23.1.4 MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES

Corner – Block

~ One anchor per cavity.

~ Minimum edge distance = 1/2 block.

Top of Wall – Brick

~ One anchor per brick.

~ Three clear courses down from top of wall.

Top of Wall – Block

~ One anchor per cavity.

~ Two clear courses down from top of wall.

23

≥ 20 mm tocentre of hole.Typical for all clay bricks.

See page 149 ≥ 20 mm

CLAY BRICK CONCRETE BLOCK

≥ 60 mm

≥ 60 mm

Brick and Block Anchoring

23

151

23.1.5 FIXINGS PER BRICK/BLOCK

SOLID BRICK

70 mm minimum

CONCRETE BLOCK

THREE HOLE BRICK

TEN HOLE BRICK

Brick and Block Anchoring

ProductChemSet™ Injection 101 is a medium duty, peroxide initiated injection anchor.


Fast installation:~ Load in 1 hour (at 20°C).Versatile:~ Suitable for anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units.

Installation

1. Drill recommended diameter anddepth hole.

2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush. Remove all debris using hole blower.Hole may be damp but no waterpresent.

3. Insert mixing nozzle into sleeve orsieve. Fill to 3/4 the sleeve/sievedepth slowly, ensuring no airpockets form. Insert Ramset™

ChemSet™ Anchor Stud to bottomof hole while turning.

4. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times.Attach fixture.


~ Substrate: 0°C to 43°C.

~ Mortar: 15°C to 30°C.

Load should not be applied to anchor until thechemical has sufficiently cured as specified inthe following diagrams.

Service temperature limits:

-10°C to 80°C.

24.1 ChemSet™ Injection 101 GENERAL INFORMATION

Principal Applicationsinto Brick and Block

~ Installing wall mounted signs,handrails, and gates.

Subs

trat

e Te

mpe

ratu

re 40°C

30°C

20°C

5°C0°C


4 0.75

7 1

10 1.5

30 540 7

101


Setting Times

24

152

Brick and Block AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 101

PERFORMANCE RELATED INSTALLATION RELATEDMATERIAL SPECIFICATION

24

153

Brick and Block AnchoringChemSet™ Injection 101



ChemSet 101 Mini Cartridge 150 ml Temperate C101M

ChemSet 101 Cartridge 400 ml Temperate C101C

ChemSet 101 Jumbo Cartridge 750 ml Temperate C101J

Mixer Nozzle for 100 Series – – ISNP

To suit ChemSet™ Nylon Stainless SteelAnchor Stud Sleeve Sieve

M8 ISS08 ISM10

M10 ISS10 ISM12

M12 ISS12 ISM12

M16 – ISM16

Installation details Working Load Limit (kN)Anchor size, db Substrate Sleeve/Sieve Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick

(mm) Type diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, TrShear, Va Tension, Nadh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm)

M8 10 10 80 10 4.4 1.4

M10Solid Clay Brick –

12 12 85 20 4.8 1.5

M12 14 15 85 40 5.2 1.6

M16 18 19 85 95 5.2 1.7

AnchorInstallation details Working Load Limit (kN)

size, db SubstrateDrilled hole diameter, dh Fixture hole Anchor Tightening 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block

(mm)(mm) diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr

Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, NaNylon Sleeve S/S Sieve df (mm) h (mm) (Nm)

M8 3 Hole Brick, 12 12 10 10 3.8 2.5 3.0 1.0 1.8 1.8

M10 10 Hole Brick 14 16 1264

20 4.6 2.5 4.6 1.0 2.0 1.8

M12 or Concrete 16 16 15 40 5.0 2.5 5.0 1.0 2.0 1.8

M16Block

– 22 19 95 5.0 2.5 5.0 1.0 2.0 1.8

For lower strength studs, refer to table for reduced steel capacity on page 161.

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details: ChemSet™ Injection 101 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs


Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs onpage 113 and ChemSet™ Injection Rod on page 114.



h = Le - t


Note: Use specified hole size for solid brick. Use of larger hole and/or sleeve/sieve will result in lower capacities.

25

154

Brick and Block AnchoringAnkaScrew™

ProductThe AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty, rotation setting thread forming anchor.


Fast and easy to install:~ Simply screws into hole.Fast and easy to remove:~ Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts to grind off.Close to edge and for close anchor spacing:~ Does not expand and burst brick and block.


~ Wall mounted pipe brackets.

~ Gate hinges.

Installation

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth.

2. Clean thoroughly with brush. Removedebris by way of vacuum or hand pump,compressed air etc.

3. Using a socket wrench, screw theAnkaScrew™ into the hole using slightpressure until the self tapping actionstarts.

4. Tighten the AnkaScrew™. If resistance isexperienced when tightening, unscrewanchor one turn and re-tighten. Ensurenot to over tighten.

5. For optimum performance, a torquewrench should be used.

25.1 AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchor GENERAL INFORMATION


25

155

Brick and Block AnchoringAnkaScrew™


AnchorInstallation details Working Load Limit

size, dbDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block

(mm)diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr

Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Nadh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm)

6 6 8 30 10 3.2 1.8 3.0 2.4 1.8 0.60 2.1 0.90

8 8 10 40 10 4.0 2.7 3.8 2.7 2.3 0.65 2.1 1.00

10 10 12 50 15 4.4 3.9 4.2 2.8 2.5 0.65 2.1 1.00

12 12 15 60 15 4.4 4.5 4.2 3.0 2.5 0.70 2.1 1.15


Anchor Effective length, LePart No.

size, db (mm) Hex Head Hex Flange Csk Pozi Csk Internal Hex

50 – AS06050H AS06050F –

6 75 – AS06075H – –

100 – AS06100H – –

60 AS08060H – – –

8 75 AS08075H – – AS08075F

100 AS08100H – – –

60 AS10060H – – –

1075 AS10075H – – –

100 AS10100H – – –

150 AS10150H – – –

75 AS12075H – – –

12 100 AS12100H – – –

150 AS12150H – – –


Anchor Stress YieldUTS, fusize, dh area, As strength, fy (MPa)(mm) (mm2) (MPa)

6 22.9 640 800

8 42.4 640 800

10 69.4 640 800

12 84.1 640 800


h = Le - t


26

156

Brick and Block AnchoringDynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt

ProductThe DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt is a medium duty, torque setting expansion anchor.

Features and Benefits

Ideal for hollow substrates:~ Cone nut pulls up in cavity to clamp fixture to substrate.Neat finish:~ Low profile hex head.High shear strength:~ High tensile Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.Fast installation:~ Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixture.Convenient to remove:~ No metal parts protrude from hole eliminating grinding.Economical Zinc Plated or superior corrosion resistant AISI 316 Stainless Steel.


~ Electrical junction boxes.

~ Wall mounted pipe brackets.

~ Installing wall mounted signs,handrails and gates.

~ Roller door guide rails.

Installation


2. Clean thoroughly with brush. Removedebris by way of vacuum or hand pump,compressed air etc.

3. Insert DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt throughfixture, tap lightly with hammer untilwasher contacts fixture.

4. Tighten DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt tospecified assembly torque using torquewrench or impact wrench (rattle gun).

26.1 DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex BoltGENERAL INFORMATION


26

157

Brick and Block AnchoringDynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt

Anchor Effective Part No.size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm) Zn S/S

34 DP08045H DP08045HSS

8 60 DP08070H DP08070HSS

86 DP08095H –

34 DP10045H DP10045HSS

42 DP10055H –

10 56 – DP10060HSS

69 DP10080H DP10080HSS

96 DP10105H DP10105HSS

47 DP12065H –

12 62 DP12075H DP12075HSS

90 DP12105H –




size, dbDrilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Tightening Solid Brick 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block

(mm)diameter, diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr

Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Nadh (mm) df (mm) h (mm) (Nm)

8 8 10 35 10 3.9 3.1 2.9 3.9 2.0 0.83 1.4 1.0

10 10 12 40 15 4.4 4.6 3.4 4.1 2.3 0.87 1.6 1.0

12 12 15 40 15 4.4 4.6 3.8 4.1 3.1 0.94 2.1 1.0


AnchorThread

Stress Carbon steel Stainless steel Sectionsize, dh size, db

area, As Yield strength, fy UTS, fu Yield strength, fy UTS, fu modulus(mm) (mm2) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) Z (mm3)

8 M6 20.1 640 800 480 600 12.7

10 M8 36.6 640 800 480 600 31.2

12 M10 58.0 640 800 480 600 62.3


h = Le - t


ProductThe RamPlug™ Anchor is a light duty, rotation setting interference fit anchor.


Fast and easy to install:~ Anchor simply hammered in.Convenient:~ Tangs ensure anchor sits flush with substrate surface in over drilled holes.Versatile:~ Anchor accepts many types of screw.



Installation


2. Clean thoroughly with brush. Remove debrisby way of vacuum or hand pump, compressedair etc.

3. Insert the RamPlug™ into hole until flush withthe surface.

4. Pass wood screw through fixture and into the RamPlug™. Tighten with screwdriver.

Note: (1) Screw length = length of Ramplug™ + thickness of fixture(2) Ultra long plugs supplied with screw.

27.1 RamPlug™

GENERAL INFORMATION

27

158

Brick and Block AnchoringRamPlug™


27

159

Brick and Block AnchoringRamPlug™



Anchorsize, db

Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor Solid Brick 3 Hole Brick 10 Hole Brick Concrete Block

(mm)diameter, diameter, effective depth,

Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Na Shear, Va Tension, Nadh (mm) df (mm) h (mm)

DNP05 5 5 6 25 400 300 400 200 700 160 400 130DNP06 6 6 7 30 800 500 800 250 800 200 800 170DNP07 7 7 7 30 1100 650 1100 320 800 250 1100 180DNP08 8 8 8 40 1300 800 1300 350 800 280 1300 180DNP10 10 10 9 50 2400 1100 1900 450 800 360 1900 190DNP12 12 12 12 60 3000 1500 2200 550 900 440 2200 220

DLP06 6 6 7 60 800 500 Not suitable for hollow substrate.DLP08 8 8 8 80 1300 800DLP10 10 10 9 80 2400 1100

DUP10080 10 10 9 80 2400 600 Performance to be determined.DUP10100 10 10 9 100 2400 600DUP10135 10 10 9 135 2400 600DUP10160 10 10 9 160 2400 600


Anchor size, db Anchor length, L Part No.(mm) (mm) Standard Long Ultra Long - C/S Pozi* Ultra Long - Hex Head

5 25 DNP05 – – –

630 DNP06 – – –

60 – DLP06 – –

7 35 DNP07 – – –

840 DNP08 – – –

80 – DLP08 – –

50 DNP10 – – –

80 – – DUP10080F DUP10080H

1090 – DLP10 – –

100 – – DUP10100F DUP10100H

140 – – DUP10135F DUP10135H

160 – – DUP10160F DUP10160H

12 60 DNP12 – – –

* No. 3 Pozi Bit.

160

Brick and Block Anchoring Notes

28

161

Tabulated below are nominal reduced ultimate characteristic capacities for bolts manufactured in accordance with ISO 898-1.

The expected capacity of bolts should be independentlychecked by the designer based on the bolt manufacturerspublished performance information.

It is recommended that Stainless Steel bolts be lubricated andthat tightening torque be applied in a smooth, continuousmanner. Impact wrenches (rattle guns) are not suitable for thetightening of Stainless Steel fasteners.

28.1 STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN INFORMATION

28.1.1 Tension

Reduced nominal bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN), Øn = 0.8Bolt type M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24Grade 4.6

6.4 11.7 18.6 27.0 50.2 78.4 113.0Carbon SteelGrade 8.8

13.3 24.3 38.5 56.0 104.2 162.7 234.4Carbon SteelStainless Steel

11.3 20.5 32.5 47.2 87.9 137.2 –A4-70 (AISI 316)

28.1.2 Shear

Reduced nominal bolt shear capacity, ØVsf (kN), Øv = 0.8Bolt type M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24Grade 4.6



5.6 10.5 16.8 24.7 47.4 74.5 –A4-70 (AISI 316)

28.2 WORKING LOAD LIMIT DESIGN INFORMATION

28.2.1 Tension

Allowable tensile load steel (kN), Fss = 2.2Bolt type M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24Grade 4.6



6.4 11.6 18.5 26.8 49.9 77.9 –A4-70 (AISI 316)

28.2.2 Shear

Allowable shear load steel (kN), Fsv = 2.5Bolt type M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24Grade 4.6



2.8 5.3 8.4 12.4 23.7 37.3 –A4-70 (AISI 316)

28 TYPICAL BOLT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

162

CAST-INANCHORINGOVERVIEW

Whether an application calls for precast or cast in-situcomponents, there is a suitable Ramset™ Cast-In Ferrule foralmost every design case.

Not only does Ramset™ offer reliable, quality product,Ramset™ understands the importance of supporting theproduct with technically superior design information, such asthis resource book, to guide correct product selection and safeinstallation.

Extensive research, development and testing are invested inRamset™ products so that designers can be secure in theknowledge that they have access to the real performance andcapabilities of the Cast--In Ferrules.

Care should be taken to remember that the performance datacontained herein relates to the Ramset™ range of Cast-InFerrules and hence should not be used to justify a genericreplacement that may appear physically similar, as the actualperformance will be heavily influenced by the steel grade andmanufacturing tolerences.

The Ramset™ Cast-In Ferrule range is available in Zinc, HotDipped Galvanised and Stainless Steel finishes to cater for awide range of atmospheric conditions. Sizing from M10through M24 allows for economical designs to be derived,with appropriate accessories providing a high degree ofinstallation flexibility.

The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer to the Ramset™ Cast-In Ferrule range and providesperformance information to allow selection of the right Cast-InFerrule for the job.

Cast-In AnchoringElephants’ Feet Ferrule

163

29

ProductThe Elephants’ Feet Ferrule is a medium duty, cast-in ferrule.


Improved security:~ No cross bar required to develop rated capacity.Outstanding exterior durability:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.Versatile:~ Use in near or far face applications with our range of accessories.

~ May be used with small rebar for fixing to mesh.Principal Applications

~ Small and lightweight precast fixing point.

~ Structural connections.

~ Curtain wall and panel facade fixings.

~ Temporary precast panel bracingpoints.

Installation

1. Chair for tilt-cast.2. Nailing plate, or bolted to formwork.3. “Puddled” into wet concrete.4. Templated onto face of panel.

29.1 Elephants’ Feet Ferrules GENERAL INFORMATION


Cast-In AnchoringElephants’ Feet Ferrule

29

164


FerruleFerrule Effective Thread

Cross holePart No.

size, dblength, L depth, h length, Lt to suit(mm) (mm) (mm) Zn Gal

M10 45 41 20 R8 FE10045 FE10045GH

55 51 FE12055 FE12055GH

M12 70 66 25 R8 FE12070 FE12070GH

95 91 FE12095 FE12095GH

M1670 66

32 R10FE16070 FE16070GH

95 91 FE16095 FE16095GH

M2070 66 35

R10FE20070 FE20070GH

95 91 38 FE20095 FE20095GH

70 66 35 FE24070 FE24070GH

M24 95 9150

Y12 / N12 FE24095 FE24095GH

115 111 FE24115 FE24115GH

* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.** Recommended tightening torques are based on the use of grade 4.6 bolts.Note: Confirm bolt capacity independently of tabulated information.

Installation and Working Load Limit performance details*

FerruleInstallation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limits

size, db x L Cross holeTightening Edge Anchor Substrate Shear, Va (kN) Tension, Na (kN)

(mm) to suitTorque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Concrete compressive strength f’c Concrete compressive strength f’c(Nm)** (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

M10 x 45 R8 17 60 120 50 6.7 7.9 8.5 4.4 6.0 7.0

M12 x 55 75 150 65 8.9 10.4 11.2 6.7 9.2 9.6

M12 x 70 R8 30 100 200 85 11.5 13.5 14.5 9.6 9.6 9.6

M12 x 95 135 270 115 15.9 18.6 20.0 9.6 9.6 9.6

M16 x 70R10 75

100 200 85 14.9 17.4 18.8 11.4 15.6 17.2

M16 x 95 135 270 115 20.5 24.0 25.9 17.2 17.2 17.2

M20 x 70R10 144

100 200 85 17.6 20.6 22.2 12.7 17.4 20.3

M20 x 95 135 270 115 24.3 28.4 30.6 20.6 26.4 26.4

M24 x 70 100 270 85 21.7 25.3 27.3 13.9 19.1 22.2

M24 x 95 Y12 / N12 250 135 270 115 29.9 34.9 37.6 22.6 30.9 35.9

M24 x 115 165 330 140 36.4 42.6 45.9 30.4 39.8 39.8


FerruleStress area Carbon Steel Section

size, dbthreaded section, As modulus, Z

(mm2) Yield strength, fy (MPa) UTS, fu (MPa) (mm3)

M10 71.2 240 360 190.0

M12 88.3 240 360 334.5

M16 158.0 240 360 692.8

M20 242.0 240 360 1034.0

M24 365.0 240 360 2066.0


Read value from “Description and Part Numbers” table.

29

165

Strength Limit State Design Cast-In AnchoringElephants’ Feet Ferrule






29.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:

~ Shear limited by ferrule capacity.

~ Tension limited by the lesser of steel capacityand concrete cone capacity.


~ f'c = 20 MPa

0 10 20 6030 40 50

0

10

20

40

50

30

FE12095

FE10045

FE12055

FE16095

FE20095

FE24095

STEP 1

Ferrule size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

em, am 30 36 48 60 72

Checkpoint 1



29

166

Strength Limit State DesignCast-In AnchoringElephants’ Feet Ferrule


Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 70 85 100 125 150 200 250 300 350

Ferrule length, L (mm) Effective depth, h (mm)

45 41 0.25 0.33 0.41 0.49 0.57 0.69 0.81 155 51 0.20 0.26 0.33 0.39 0.46 0.56 0.65 0.82 0.98 170 66 0.16 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.43 0.51 0.63 0.76 195 91 0 0.15 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.31 0.37 0.46 0.55 0.73 0.92 1115 111 0 0 0 0 0.26 0.30 0.38 0.45 0.60 0.75 0.90 1




45 41 0.65 0.76 0.87 0.98 155 51 0.58 0.67 0.76 0.85 0.94 170 66 0.52 0.58 0.65 0.72 0.79 0.90 1 195 91 0 0.51 0.56 0.61 0.66 0.74 0.81 0.92 1115 111 0 0 0 0 0.66 0.72 0.80 0.89 1


Anchor spacing, a (mm) 30 40 50 60 70 85 100 125 150 200 250 300 350


45 41 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.85 0.91 155 51 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.91 0.99 170 66 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.71 0.75 0.82 0.88 195 91 0 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.87 0.96 1115 111 0 0 0 0 0.63 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.80 0.88 0.95 1



Ferrule length, L (mm) Effective depth, h (mm)45 41 7.955 51 12.170 66 17.7 20.5 22.9 25.195 91 28.7 33.2 37.1 40.6115 111 54.7




f’c (MPa) 15 20 25 32

Xnc 0.87 1.00 1.12 1.26

29

167


Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Ferrule size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

ØNus 17.1 21.2 37.9 58.1 87.6

Checkpoint 3








29

168





30 2.735 3.4 3.540 4.2 4.350 5.9 6.0 6.960 7.7 7.9 9.03 9.870 9.7 10.0 11.4 12.4 13.7100 16.6 17.1 19.4 21.1 23.4200 46.9 48.3 54.9 59.7 66.3300 88.7 100.9 109.7 121.7400 155.4 168.9 187.4500 236.1 261.9600 344.3



Xvc 0.87 1.00 1.12 1.26



Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00





30 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.56 0.5335 0.73 0.70 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.57 0.54 0.5240 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.54 0.5350 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.55 0.53 0.5360 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.5275 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.80 0.75 0.71 0.65 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.53100 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53125 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.75 0.63 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54150 1.00 0.93 0.80 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55200 1.00 0.90 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57300 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60450 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68 0.65600 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.751000 1.00 0.90 0.831250 1.00 0.921500 1.00

29

169





(i) ØVusc Reduced characteristic ultimate combined concrete/steel shear capacity

(ii) Xvsc Concrete compressive strength effect, combined concrete/steel shear

Ferrule size, db M10 M12 M16 M20 M24Ferrule length, L (mm) Effective depth, h (mm)

45 41 12.155 51 16.070 66 20.7 26.8 31.7 39.095 91 28.6 37.0 43.7 53.8115 111 65.7







ØVus = ØVusc * Xvsc

f’c (MPa) 15 20 25 32

Xvsc 0.91 1.00 1.08 1.17



Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

29

170



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ Elephants’ Feet Ferrule,

(Ferrule Size x Length) ((Part Number))with a (Bolt Grade) bolt.

ExampleRamset™ Elephants’ Feet Ferrule,

M16 x 95 (FE16095GH) with a Gr. 4.6 bolt.To be installed in accordance with


Cast-In AnchoringRound Ferrule 30

171

ProductThe Round Ferrule is a heavy duty, cast-in ferrule.


Economical:~ Simple cost effective design.Outstanding exterior durability:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.Versatile:~ Use in near face, far face or side face applications with our

range of accessories.Principal Applications


~ Panel to panel connection.

~ High shear load applications.

~ Temporary precast panel bracingpoints.

30.1 Round Ferrules GENERAL INFORMATION

Installation

1. Fitted in a chair, to suit panel thickness.2. Fixed to casting bed with a nailing plate.3. Bolted through formwork.


Cast-In AnchoringRound Ferrule

30

172


FerruleFerrule Effective Thread

Cross holePart No.

size, dblength, L depth, h length, Lt to suit(mm) (mm) (mm) Zn Gal

M1265 50 25

Y12 / N12FH12065 –

96 81 45 FH12096 FH12096GH

M1675 60 32

Y12 / N12FH16075 FH16075GH

96 81 39 FH16096 FH16096GH

M2075 60 32

Y12 / N12FH20075 FH20075GH

96 81 49 FH20096 FH20096GH


Ferrule Installation Details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)

size, db x L RequiredTightening Edge Anchor Structure Tension, Na

(mm) cross barTorque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Concrete Strength, f’c

(Nm)** (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

M12 x 65 Y12 / N12 30 80 150 100 8.2 11.0 12.3 13.4

M12 x 96 x 300 mm 30 130 250 130 8.2 22.6 25.3 27.7

M16 x 75 Y12 / N12 75 100 200 110 15.6 14.8 16.5 18.1

M16 x 96 x 300 mm 75 130 250 130 15.6 22.6 25.3 27.7

M20 x 75 Y12 / N12 144 100 200 110 24.5 14.8 16.5 18.1

M20 x 96 x 300 mm 144 130 250 130 24.5 22.6 25.3 27.7

* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.** Recommended tightening torques are based on the use of grade 4.6 bolts.Note: Confirm bolt capacity independently of tabulated values.


FerruleStress area Carbon Steel Section

size, dbat cross hole, As modulus, Z


M12 234 330 430 2224.0

M16 234 330 430 2071.0

M20 234 330 430 1747.0



30

173

Strength Limit State Design Cast-In AnchoringRound Ferrule






30.4


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:

~ Shear limited by Gr. 4.6 bolt capacity.



~ f'c = 20 MPa

0 10 20 30 40 50

0

10

20

40

50

30

M12 x 65

M16 x 75

M20 x 96

STEP 1

Ferrule size, db M12 M16 M20

am, em 40 50 60

Checkpoint 1



30

174

Strength Limit State DesignCast-In AnchoringRound Ferrule



Ferrule length, L (mm) 65 96 75 96 75 96

Effective depth, h (mm) 50 81 60 81 60 81


40 0.67 0.5345 0.71 0.56 0.64 0.5650 0.76 0.59 0.68 0.59 0.68 0.5955 0.80 0.62 0.72 0.62 0.72 0.6260 0.85 0.65 0.76 0.65 0.76 0.6570 0.94 0.70 0.84 0.70 0.84 0.7080 1 0.76 0.91 0.76 0.91 0.7690 0.82 0.99 0.82 0.99 0.82100 0.88 1 0.88 1 0.88125 1 1 1






40 0.63 0.5850 0.66 0.60 0.64 0.6060 0.70 0.62 0.66 0.62 0.66 0.6270 0.73 0.64 0.69 0.64 0.69 0.6480 0.76 0.66 0.72 0.66 0.72 0.6690 0.79 0.69 0.75 0.69 0.75 0.69100 0.83 0.71 0.77 0.71 0.77 0.71125 0.91 0.76 0.84 0.76 0.84 0.76150 0.99 0.81 0.91 0.81 0.91 0.81175 1 0.86 0.98 0.86 0.98 0.86200 0.91 1 0.91 1 0.91225 0.96 0.96 0.96250 1 1 1


Ferrule length, L (mm) Effective depth, h (mm)Ferrule size, db

M12 M16 M2065 50 19.775 60 26.6 26.696 81 40.7 40.7 40.7


f’c (MPa) 15 20 25 32

Xnc 0.87 1.00 1.12 1.26

30

175







40 0.26 0.1650 0.33 0.21 0.27 0.2160 0.39 0.25 0.33 0.25 0.33 0.2570 0.46 0.29 0.38 0.29 0.38 0.2980 0.52 0.33 0.44 0.33 0.44 0.3390 0.59 0.37 0.49 0.37 0.49 0.37100 0.65 0.41 0.55 0.41 0.55 0.41125 0.82 0.51 0.68 0.51 0.68 0.51150 0.98 0.62 0.82 0.62 0.82 0.62175 1 0.72 0.96 0.72 0.96 0.72200 0.82 1 0.82 1 0.82225 0.93 0.93 0.93250 1 1 1



Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Ferrule size, db M12 M16 M20

Round ferrule73.6

tension capacity

Checkpoint 3








30

176





35 4.640 5.6 5.650 7.8 7.860 10.3 10.3 10.380 15.8 15.8 15.8100 22.1 22.1 22.1125 30.9 30.9 30.9150 40.7 40.7 40.7200 62.6 62.6 62.6300 115.0 115.0400 177.1 177.1500 247.5



Xvc 0.87 1.00 1.12 1.26



Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00





35 0.70 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.5440 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.55 0.54 0.5350 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57 0.55 0.5360 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.5380 0.96 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.55 0.54 0.53100 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54150 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.56200 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58250 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.63 0.60300 0.98 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62450 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.80 0.73 0.68600 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.74750 1.00 0.88 0.80900 0.95 0.861050 1.00 0.921250 1.00

30

177













Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus (kN), Øv = 0.8Ferrule size, db M12 M16 M20

Round ferrule83.0*

shear capacity

* This value requires minimum f’c = 32 MPa.

30

178



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ Round Ferrule,

(Ferrule Size x Length) ((Part Number))with a (Bolt Grade) bolt.

Y12 / N12 x 300 mm cross bar required.

ExampleRamset™ Round Ferrule,

M16 x 75 (FH16075) with a Gr. 8.8 bolt.Y12 / N12 x 300 mm cross bar required.


Cast-In AnchoringTCM Ferrule 31

179

ProductThe TCM Ferrule is a Stainless Steel medium duty, cast-in ferrule.


Superior corrosion resistance:~ From AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel to provide excellent

resistance in marine environments.Improved security:~ May be used without cross bar with reduced capacity.Versatile:~ May be used with rebar for fixing to mesh.


~ Small and lightweight precast fixing point.


~ Curtain wall and panel facade fixings.

~ Exposure to industrial environments.

~ Marine applications.

Installation

1. Drill hole in formwork. Pass the bolt through the hole intothe concrete insert and tighten. Tie the insert to thereinforcing system.

2. Pour the concrete. Remove the bolt and formwork leavingthe Concrete Insert firmly embedded.

31.1 TCM FERRULES GENERAL INFORMATION


Cast-In AnchoringTCM Ferrule

31

180


Ferrule size, dbFerrule length, L Effective depth, h Thread length, Lt Cross hole Part No.

(mm) (mm) (mm) to suit S/S

M10 44 29 20 R8 TCM10RSS

M12 54 37 25 R8 TCM12RSS

M16 75 52 32 Y12 / N12 TCM16RSS

M20 80 57 38 Y12 / N12 TCM20RSS

* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified limit state design process to verify capacity.** Recommended tightening torques are based on the use of A4 - 70 bolts compliant with IS0 3506.Note: Confirm bolt capacity independently of tabulated values.


Installation details Minimum dimensions* Working Load Limit (kN)Ferrule Effective Tightening

Cross holeEdge Anchor Substrate Tension, Na

size, db depth, h torque, Tr to suitdistance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va Unreinforced ferrule Reinforced ferrule

(mm) (Nm)** (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 20 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPaM10 29 35 R8 120 60 50 12.4 4.0 5.0 5.6 5.0 6.3 7.0

M12 37 60 R8 150 80 65 20.9 5.7 7.3 8.1 7.2 9.1 10.2

M16 52 150 Y12 / N12 200 100 85 26.3 9.7 12.3 13.7 12.1 15.3 17.2

M20 57 295 Y12 / N12 240 120 100 28.8 11.0 13.9 15.5 13.7 17.4 19.4


Stress area Stainless Steel SectionFerrule size, db threaded section, As modulus, Z


M10 71.4 450 700 196.3

M12 120.4 450 700 391.1

M16 176.5 450 600 756.2

M20 193.8 450 600 995.3



31

181

Strength Limit State Design Cast-In AnchoringTCM Ferrule






31.4

STEP 1

Anchor size, db M10 M12 M16 M20

am, em 30 40 50 60

Checkpoint 1


Desi

gn te

nsile

act

ion

effe

ct, N

* (k

N)

Notes:

~ Shear limited by ferrule capacity.



~ f'c = 20 MPa

0 10 20 30 40

0

5

10

20

25

15

M12

M10

M16

M20



31

182

Strength Limit State DesignCast-In AnchoringTCM Ferrule


Ferrule size, db (mm) M10 M12 M16 M20


30 0.78 0.68 0.57 0.5535 0.86 0.74 0.61 0.5940 0.94 0.80 0.66 0.6345 1.00 0.87 0.70 0.6755 1.00 0.79 0.7565 0.88 0.8375 1.00 0.9185 1.00


Ferrule size, db M10 M12 M16 M20


30 0.6740 0.73 0.6850 0.79 0.73 0.6660 0.84 0.77 0.69 0.6880 0.96 0.86 0.75 0.73100 1 0.95 0.82 0.79120 1 0.88 0.85140 0.94 0.91160 1 0.97180 1

Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchorSTEP 2Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6


Effective depth, h (mm) 29 37 52 57

Concrete 15 6.3 9.2 15.6 17.6Unreinforced compressive 20 7.2 10.3 17.5 19.7

Ferrule strength 25 8.0 11.5 19.5 22.1(MPa) 32 9.1 13.1 22.1 25.0

Concrete 15 8.0 11.5 19.5 22.0Reinforced compressive 20 9.0 12.9 21.8 24.7

Ferrule strength 25 10.0 14.4 24.4 27.6(MPa) 32 11.3 16.3 27.6 31.3


Xnc = 1.0 as concrete compressive strength effect included in table 2a.

31

183





30 0.3440 0.46 0.3650 0.57 0.45 0.3260 0.69 0.54 0.38 0.3580 0.92 0.72 0.51 0.47100 1 0.90 0.63 0.58120 1 0.76 0.70140 0.89 0.82160 1 0.94180 1



Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8Ferrule size, db M10 M12 M16 M20

316 Stainless Steel 32.1 54.2 79.4 87.2

Checkpoint 3








31

184





30 2.635 3.2 3.640 4.0 4.350 5.5 6.1 6.960 7.3 8.0 9.1 9.770 9.1 10.1 11.4 12.2100 15.6 17.2 19.5 20.9200 44.1 48.6 55.2 59.0300 81.1 89.2 101.4 108.4400 137.4 156.1 167.0500 218.1 233.3600 306.7



f’c (MPa) 15 20 25 32

Xvc 0.87 1.00 1.12 1.26



Angle, α° 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 - 180

Xvd 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.32 1.50 1.66 1.80 1.91 1.98 2.00





30 0.70 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.59 0.56 0.5335 073 0.70 0.68 0.64 0.62 0.60 0.57 0.54 0.5240 0.77 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.54 0.5350 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.64 0.60 0.55 0.53 0.5360 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74 0.70 0.67 0.62 0.56 0.54 0.53 0.5270 0.97 0.90 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70 0.64 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53 0.52100 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.70 0.60 0.57 0.55 0.54 0.53200 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.70 0.63 0.60 0.58 0.57300 1.00 0.80 0.70 0.65 0.62 0.60400 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.63500 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70 0.67625 0.92 0.81 0.75 0.71750 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75875 0.94 0.85 0.791000 1.00 0.90 0.831250 1.00 0.921500 1.00

31

185





(i) ØVusc Reduced characteristic ultimate combined concrete/steel shear capacity

(ii) Xvsc Concrete compressive strength effect, combined concrete/steel shear


316 Stainless steel 10.3 16.5 29.3 36.9







ØVus = ØVusc * Xvsc

f’c (MPa) 15 20 25 32

Xvsc 0.91 1.00 1.08 1.17



Anchor spacing / 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.25 2.50



2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.003 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.004 0.57 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.005 0.49 0.57 0.63 0.69 0.74 0.79 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.006 0.43 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.007 0.39 0.48 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.008 0.36 0.46 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.009 0.34 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0010 0.32 0.42 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.0015 0.26 0.37 0.47 0.55 0.63 0.70 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.0020 0.23 0.35 0.45 0.54 0.61 0.68 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

31

186



Checkpoint 6 Check



SpecifyRamset™ TCM Ferrule, (Ferrule Size)

((Part Number)) with a (Bolt Grade) bolt.

ExampleRamset™ TCM Ferrule, M16 (TCM16RSS)

with a Gr. 4.6 bolt.To be installed in accordance with


187

Cast-In Anchoring Notes

188

CAST-INLIFTINGOVERVIEW

Since 1988, Ramset™ have been manufacturing and supplying solution driven systems for the purpose of safelylifting precast concrete units.

The Ramset™ Concrete Lifting System provides the same highlevel of product quality, expertise and service to the tilt paneland precast concrete industry that other segments of theconstruction industry have come to expect from Ramset™.

VersatileRamset™ Concrete Lifting Systems are optimised for use witha wide range of standard precast sections, from wall panels tobridge beams, columns to culverts.

QuickThe Ramset™ Concrete Lifting Systems are designed forspeedy coupling/uncoupling of the lifting clutches from thelifting anchors, thus eliminating costly delays during the liftingprocess.

SafeSafety is not a luxury with the Ramset™ Concrete LiftingSystems. Each part of the system is intended to complimentthe other. Multiple levels of safety redundancy are availablewhen the system is used correctly.

QualityCareful selection of product raw materials and tightmanufacturing tolerences ensures that reliable, consistentperformance is available from our load bearing components.

Product is manufactured in accordance with our accreditationto and with the requirements of the AS/NZS ISO 9001:2000Quality Management Systems standard.

Tested Significant test programs are conducted to verify productintegrity under a wide range of conditions and rigorousstatistical analysis ensuring that published capacity data isrepresentative of the true spread of results achieved in testingand the expected variability within the total product population.

ExpertiseWith specialist Sales Engineers located in all the major capitalcities, Ramset™ have an unparalleled commitment to theConcrete Lifting Industry, each Engineer having an intimateunderstanding of local requirements. Design assistance isavailable from our Engineers in order to help fully realise thebenefits inherent in the Ramset™ Concrete Lifting Systems.

189

LIFTINGTECHNOLOGY

The information presented in this section willprove a useful tool to all involved in theproduction of precast concrete elements,however it must be recognised that the capacityinformation is intended for use by suitablyexperienced and/or qualified persons only.

Load cases can involve complex calculationsand require a number of separate designchecks to be carried out to fully represent thesituation at hand.

The capacity obtained from load bearingcomponents will be influenced by theconcrete’s (tensile) strength, elementgeometry, load direction and componentorientation within the element.

Given the number of variables that determinethe validity of a particular systems suitabilityfor a given scenario, the information presentedwill allow a design professional to fullyconsider all aspects relevant to the derivationof both the load case(s) and the capacity andhence recommend a system solution.

The designer is encouraged to contact theirlocal Ramset™ specialist Sales Engineer ifadditional information or advice is required.

32.1 IMPORTANT NOTICE

32

190

32

All lifting anchors produced by Ramset™ comply with therequirements of AS3850 - 2003.

This standard requires that:

~ components are produced from ductile materials.

~ a minimum Factor of Safety of 2.5 : 1 is achieved when theproduct is used as instructed.

When loaded to their full design working load capacity, liftinganchors may be used a maximum of 10 times.

If loaded to 60% of their design working load capacity, liftinganchors are re-usable to the same extent as the lifting clutches.

Lifting anchors must not be re-worked in any way, i.e. welding,cutting, bending etc., as this may seriously alter the anchorsstructural integrity. If it is considered necessary to alter alifting anchor physically in any way, please contact your localRamset™ specialist Sales Engineer for appropriate advice.

32.2 LIFTING ANCHORSLifting anchor capacities detailed herein are based on testresults achieved in plain (unreinforced) or nominally reinforced(light central mesh) concrete.

Testing has confirmed that whilst structural reinforcement isrequired to prevent substrate member or section failure, it willhave negligible influence on lifting anchor capacity apart fromoffering additional ductility during overload events.

Component reinforcement as detailed herein must be securely fixed to the lifting anchor to ensure intimate contactbetween them.

Ramset™ lifting clutches are a critical part of the load bearingequipment involved in the lifting of concrete elements andhence should be treated with appropriate care.

All Ramset™ lifting clutches are initially proof tested inaccordance with the requirements of AS3850 - 2003 andthere after must be proof tested at twelve monthly intervals toensure compliance with this standard.

Please contact your local Ramset™ specialist Sales Engineerfor advice regarding the testing of your clutches.

32.3 LIFTING CLUTCHESRamset™ lifting clutches are designed to be operated by hand,either directly or with the aid of a remote release line onappropriate models, hence if excessive force is required tooperate any Ramset™ lifting clutch a fault condition isindicated and the cause of the fault should be investigated.

Please contact your Ramset™ specialist Sales Engineer foradvice regarding the servicing of your lifting clutches.

Under no circumstances shall any modification be performed onany lifting clutch unless written approval is obtained fromRamset™.

Lifting Technology

191

Lifting Technology 32

32.4 SUBSTRATE SUITABILITYIt is recommended that a minimum concrete compressivestrength of 15 MPa is available at time of lift.

Curing rates are dependant on a number of factors, however itshould be recognised that mid winter curing will take longerthan during warmer months. In order to ensure adequateconcrete strength is available at time of lift, consider the use ofhigher strength concrete, a modified high early strengthconcrete, steam cure, prolonged curing time or a combinationof these methods.

Whilst the capacity data refers to concrete compressivestrength, it should be recognised that lifting anchor capacity isactually governed by the concrete’s tensile strength.

Concrete compressive strength is referenced as it is the mostwidely available (and readily obtained) data for concrete mixes.

The lifting anchor capacity data therefore is valid for normalweight concretes having a tensile strength/compressivestrength relationship consistent with that of traditionalsand/cement/aggregate mixes, i.e. f’cf = 0.6 * Lf’c.

If the concrete being utilised varies from this relationship (forexample due to the addition of modifiers like fly ash), theequivalent concrete compressive strength should be determinedafter consultation with the concrete mix/admixture supplier.

This is especially important if it is believed that the modifierswill delay or retard the generation of concrete tensile capacity.

32.5 REFERENCESThe following documents are referenced in this section and/orrepresent valuable reading.

~ AS3850 - 2003 Australian Standard for Precast Concrete Structures

~ AS3600 - 2001 Australian Standard for Concrete Structures

~ AS4100 - 1998 Australian Standard for Steel Structures

~ Precast Concrete Handbook published by the NationalPrecast Concrete Association Australia (NPCAA),www.npcaa.com.au

~ Various publications by the Cement and Concrete Associationof Australia (C & CAA), www.concrete.net.au

~ Australian Building Codes Board (BCA)www.abcb.gov.au

~ Relevant Codes of Practice typically issued by state basedWork Cover Authorities:

VIC – Victorian WorkCover Authoritywww.workcover.vic.gov.au

TAS – Tasmanian Workplace Standards Authoritywww.workcover.tas.gov.au

SA – WorkCover Corporation of South Australiawww.workcover.sa.gov.au

NT – NT WorkSafewww.nt.gov.au/deet/worksafe/

WA – WorkCover Western Australiawww.workcover.wa.gov.au

NSW – WorkCover Authority of NSWwww.workcover.nsw.gov.au

ACT – ACT WorkCoverwww.workcover.act.gov.au

32

192

Lifting Technology

32.6 LOAD CASE DETERMINATION32.6.1 DETERMINATION OF ANCHOR FORCES

Top Lift Anchor Load Formulae

For determining the anchor loads applied at the lifting points when top lifting, apply the formula below, in which:

Li = Load applied at each lifting point (t)

W = Self weight of the unit (t)

H = Demoulding suction of the unit (t)

D = Dynamic loads expected due to handling co-efficient

K = Angle at the peak of the slings co-efficient

Pn = Number of lifting points accepting the load case

The formulae are only valid when the loads are uniformlydistributed to all lifting points, Pn.

Edge Lift Anchor Load Formulae

For determination of edge lift forces on anchors during lift fromhorizontal:

The formulae are only valid when the anchors are located inthe edge of the panel and the panel is supported on theopposite edge, about which rotation occurs.

Face Lift Anchor Load Design

Given the wide variations in lifting anchor configuration andcomponent geometry for face lifted panels, it is recommendedthat design software or standard charts be utilised forcalculating lifting anchor forces.

When working with a lifting rig of four slings, the angle to beconsidered is that formed by the slings on the diagonal.

Li TOP = (W + H) * K

Pn

Li TOP = W * D * K

Pn

Greater of:

or

K = 1

COS /2α

Li EDGE = (W + H) * K

2 * Pn

Li EDGE = W * D * K

2 * Pn

Greater of:

or

Sling Angle

αAngle

Example

Example

= 60° then K = 1.16

= 0° then K = 1.00

Multiplication factor K for the total load as afunction of the angle α

Angle, α° 0 30 60 90 120K 1.00 1.04 1.16 1.42 2.00

32

193

Lifting Technology

Multiplier,Form TypeH

1.2 For a smooth oiled steel surface

1.3 For a timber surface varnished, oiled,or rough steel

1.5 For a concrete to concrete separation(bondbreaker)

Handling Detail Factor ‘D’Overhead Gantry Crane 1.2Tower Crane 1.2Mobile Crawler Crane 1.7Mobile Tyre Crane 2.0Over very rough ground 2.5 to 3.0

32.6.2 DEMOULDING SUCTION FORCE

Depends on two factors:

~ Surface area of the element in m2 contained within themould at commencement of lift.

~ The state of the mould surface.

Suction force to take into account

Note: AS3850 - 2003 may impose additional requirements.

Note: AS3850 - 2003 requires a minimum dynamic load factorof 1.2 to be considered, regardless of handling detail.

32.6.3 DYNAMIC LOADS DUE TOHANDLING OF PRODUCT

Dynamic load factors should be considered separately tosuction forces, i.e. they are not additive.

Dynamic load factors

32

194

Lifting Technology

32.7 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS32.7.1 ABSOLUTE MINIMA

Absolute minimum anchor spacings and edge distances, andsubstrate minimum thickness for Ramset™ cast-in anchors are:

Anchors must not be installed where these minima can not be achieved.

32.7.2 CRITICAL DIMENSIONS

Critical anchor spacings and edge distances for Ramset™

cast-in anchors are given for each anchor type and may befound in the capacity information sections for each anchor.

32.7.3 CRITICAL SPACING

In a group of cast-in anchors loaded in tension, the spacing at which the cone shaped zones of concrete failure just beginto overlap at the surface of the concrete, is termed the critical spacing.

ac = Specified for each anchor, see anchor type

where:

ac = critical spacing

At the critical spacing, the capacity of one anchor is on thepoint of being reduced by the zone of influence of the otheranchor. Ramset™ anchors placed at or greater than criticalspacings are able to develop their full tensile loads, as limitedby concrete cone or concrete bond capacity. Anchors atspacings less than critical are subject to reduction in allowableconcrete tensile loads.

Working loads on anchors spaced between the critical and theabsolute minimum, are subject to a reduction factor "Xna", thevalue of which depends upon the position of the anchor withinthe row:

Nar = Xna * Na

where:

Nar = reduced ultimate tensile load concrete

a aa AnchorsCone of Failure

INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CONCRETE CONES

aac

AnchorsCone of Failure

ANCHORS IN A ROW

Absolute AbsoluteAnchor Type minimum edge minimum

distance, em spacing, am

Edge Lift Anchor 1.0 h 2.0 h

Two Hole Anchor Refer to capacity informationsection for values.

Face Lift Anchor 300 mm 300 mmPinhead Foot Anchor 1.0 h 1.0 h

Pinhead Eye Anchor Refer to capacity informationsection for values.

Pinhead Combined Anchor Refer to capacity informationsection for values.

Spread Anchor Refer to capacity informationsection for values.

32

195

Lifting Technology

For anchors influenced by the cones of two other anchors, as aresult for example, of location internal to a row:

Xnai = a / ac ≤ 1

where:

Xnai = spacing reduction factor for an anchor internal to row

a = actual spacing (mm)

Unequal distances ("a1" and "a2", both < ac) from twoadjacent anchors, are averaged for an anchor internal to a row:

Xnai = 0.5 (a1 + a2) / ac

If the anchors are at the ends of a row, each influenced by thecone of only one other anchor:

Xnae = 0.5 (1 + a / ac) ≤ 1

where:

Xnae = spacing reduction factor for an anchor at end of row

32.7.4 CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE

At the critical edge distance for anchors loaded in tension,reduction in tensile loads just commences, due to interferenceof the edge with the zone of influence of the anchor.

The critical edge distance for cast-in anchor is taken as:

ec = Specified for each anchor, see anchor type

where:

ec = critical edge distance

If the edge lies between the critical and the absolute minimumdistance from the anchor, the concrete tensile load reductioncoefficient "Xe", is obtained from the following formula:

Xe = 0.3 + 0.7 * e / ec ≤ 1

where:

Xe = edge reduction factor tension

Critical edge distances define critical zones for the placement ofanchors with respect to an edge. The critical edge zone has awidth equal to the critical edge distance. The concrete tensilestrengths of anchors falling within the critical zone arereduced. For clarity, the figure includes the prohibited zone aswell as the critical zone.

ec

2*ecCone of Failure

Anchor

INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH CONCRETE CONES

Prohibited zone

em

ec

Concrete edge

Critical zoneFree zone

CRITICAL EDGE ZONE

196

33

SYSTEMS FOR

YARD CASTWALL PANELS

OVERVIEW

The modern precast wall panel is produced in a controlledenvironment, allowing for rapid production rates and henceaccelerated delivery. The lifting systems used in these panelsmust not only work effectively at low concrete strengths butbe designed to allow for speedy installation.

The Ramset™ Systems For Yard Cast Wall Panels are optimallydesigned for the lifting and handling requirements of thisindustry with efficiency and safety being the primary focus forproduct design.

The significant investment made by precasters in theproduction of yard cast wall panels should be recognisedwhen systems are being selected.

The Ramset™ Systems For Yard Cast Wall Panels are a logicalpartner in the production process and reflect our commitmentto your investment.

33.1.1 EDGE LIFT APPLICATIONS

33.1 APPLICATIONS

Scenario:

Tilting panel from casting table to vertical.

Attributes:

~ Low concrete strength.

~ Suction.

~ Shear loaded lifting anchors.

~ Load towards edge of concrete.

~ Rotation of panel out of plane.

Solution:

Ramset™ Edge Lift System

Scenario:

Casting table to rack/rack to truck.

Attributes:

~ Braking forces of crane – dynamic loads.

~ Tensile loaded lifting anchors.

~ Translation of panel.

Solution:


Scenario:

Removal from truck/placement onto site.

Attributes:

~ Tensile loaded lifting anchors (in plane of panel).

~ In plane rotation of panel.

~ Load transfer between sets of lifting anchors.

Solution:


Shear bar reinforcement must be placed above the lifting anchor,preventing pull out of the lifting anchor towards the free edge.

If there is a risk that the panel will be placed top side down at somestage prior to its erection in the structure, an additional shear barshould be placed on the other side of the lifting anchor.

33

197

Cast-In LiftingYard Cast

33

198


33.3.1 EDGE LIFT ANCHORS

Complete unit which requires shear bar to be fitted.

33.3 ANCHOR TYPES33.3.2 TWO HOLE ANCHORS

Compact alternative to Edge Lift anchors that require bothtensile and shear reinforcement bars to develop capacity.

33.2 INSTALLATION

Lifting Clutch Support Plate

Sideform

Shear Bar

Void Former Edge Lift Anchor


Convenient:~ Design allows panel central mesh to nest within anchor body.

~ Anchor and clutch interaction prevents spalling of panel edge.Outstanding exterior durability:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.


Versatile:~ Design allows use in narrow sections.

~ Tensile reinforcement can be ‘V’ or ‘U’ shaped to suitconcrete element.

~ Central hole accepts perimeter bar.Outstanding exterior durability:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.

33

199


33.4 LIFTING ANCHOR REINFORCEMENT DETAIL33.4.1 SHEAR BAR REINFORCEMENT FOR

EDGE LIFT AND TWO HOLE ANCHORS

When the anchor is located close to an edge to which it isloaded, a shear bar must be fitted in order to resist tear outof the anchor from the concrete.

Shear bars should be configured as per table below.

Note: Height of shear bar (b) is such that it covers the top ofthe anchor and the rebar is developed below theunderside of the anchor. All bends must be toreinforcement bar suppliers requirements, generally notighter than around a 4d pin.

Anchor Shear Minimum a Minimum bload range reinforcement (mm) (mm)(t) bar size

2.5 N12 200 85

5 N16 250 115

10 N20 300 150

33.4.2 TENSILE REINFORCEMENT FORTWO HOLE ANCHORS

Deformed Bar Deformed Bar

Anchor Tensile Total length of tensile reinforcing barload range reinforcing (m) at concrete compressive strength

(t) bar size 15 MPa 20 MPa 32 MPa2.5 N12 1.1 0.7 0.6

5 N16 1.6 1.1 0.9

10 N20 2.0 1.4 1.1

Two Hole Anchor tensile reinforcement

33

200


33.5 CAPACITY INFORMATION33.5.1 EDGE LIFT ANCHOR CAPACITY

Anchor Anchor length, L / Anchor Minimum Shear reinforcingload range Effective depth, h plate thickness panel thickness bar size

(t) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Refer table 33.4.1)

2.5 275 10 100 N12

5 370 16 150 N16

10 400 20 200* N20

Anchor Critical Critical Working Load Limit (t),load range edge distance, ec spacing, ac concrete compressive strength, f’c ≥ 15 MPa

(t) (mm) (mm) Shear Tension2.5 400 800 1.25 2.5

5 500 1000 2.5 5.0

10 1000 2000 5.0 10.0

33.5.2 TWO HOLE ANCHOR CAPACITY

Anchor Anchor length, L Anchor plate Minimum Shear reinforcing Requiredload range (mm) thickness panel thickness bar size tensile

(t) (mm) (mm) (Refer table 33.4.1) reinforcing bar

5 100 16 150 N16 as per 33.4.2

10 180 20 175 N20 as per 33.4.2

Anchor load range Working Load Limit (t), concrete compressive strength f’c ≥ 15 MPa(t) Shear Tension5 2.5 5.0

10 5.0 10.0

* For use in 175 mm thick panel, additional tensile reinforcement is required as per table 33.4.2.

em, ec am, ac

Anchor Absolute minimum Critical dimensionsload range dimensions(t) am em ac ec

5 260 130 320 160

10 320 160 400 200

em, ec am, ac


5 130 65 150 75

10 150 75 170 85

33

201



To order accessories, refer to the Concrete Lifting Systemssection of the Ramset™ Product Guide.

33.7 SPECIFICATION

SpecifyRamset™ (Anchor Load Range)

Edge Lift Anchor(Part Number)

ExampleRamset™ 5 tonne Edge Lift Anchor

EL050370

SpecifyRamset™ (Anchor Load Range)

Two Hole Anchor(Part Number)

Reinforced as per Ramset™ recommendations.

ExampleRamset™ 10 tonne Two Hole Anchor

RTA100Reinforced as per Ramset™ recommendations.

EDGE LIFT ANCHORS TWO HOLE ANCHORS

Description Anchor load range2.5 tonne 5 tonne 10 tonne

Edge Lift Anchor EL025275EL050370 (Tear Drop)

EL100400EL050340 (Punched Hole)

Two Hole Anchor – RTA050 RTA100

Void Former VFP025RH VFP050RH VFP100RH

Support Plate SPP025 SPP050 SPP100

Lifting Clutch RCP025 RCE050 RCP100

Shear Bar Refer to table 33.4.1 SB150Y16 Refer to table 33.4.1

34

202

SYSTEMS FOR

SITE CASTWALL PANELS

OVERVIEW

Site casting of wall panels is a convenient solution for lowrise structures where adequate site space is available for theproduction of panels.

Casting panels in an exposed environment however requiresthat all equipment used is capable of surviving the oftenpunishing conditions presented, it is with this in mind that theRamset™ Systems For Site Cast Wall Panels have beendesigned.

Ramset™ Systems For Site Cast Wall Panels are simple toplace and use and are tolerant of the conditions inherent withsite casting, helping to protect the project timeline and thusoffer benefits far in excess of the initial component cost outlay.

34

203

Cast-In LiftingSite Cast

34.1.1 FACE LIFT APPLICATIONS

34.1 APPLICATIONS

Scenario:

Tilting panel from casting bed.

Attributes:

~ Suction.

~ Concrete strength.

~ Out of plane rotation of panel.

~ Tensile loaded lifting anchors.

~ Element will hang out of plumb.

~ Centre of gravity dictates off plumb angle.

~ Braking forces of crane – dynamic loads.

Solution:

Ramset™ Face Lift System.

Careful attention should be paid to the orientation of the face liftanchors in the panel. Arrow markings on the face lift anchors showsthe correct orientation of the anchor with respect to the top andbottom of the panel.

If it is found that the anchors are placed incorrectly, i.e. the arrowmarkings point to left and right rather than to top and bottom,advice should be sought from your local Ramset™ specialist SalesEngineer prior to lifting.

34.2 INSTALLATION

Lifting Clutch

2 x N12 x 300 mm cross bars required for 125 mm to 150 mm thick panels.

Void FormerArrow markings must point to top and bottom of panel.

Face Lift Anchor with Bar Clip

Note: Orientation of anchor must be correct.

Mesh

34

204


34.3.1 FACE LIFT ANCHOR


Convenient:~ Bar clip floats with mesh to prevent anchor movement

when trafficked.Durable:~ Zinc Plated Steel Insert for economical interior protection.

~ Steel Insert is Grade 350 steel in accordance with AS3678 - 1996.

~ Engineered plastic base prevents rusting.

~ Strong, stable design withstands trafficking.Efficient:~ Upright “fingers” ensure rapid location of anchors in cast panel.

~ Void former designed for simple removal, speeding theerection process.

Sizes available to suit panel thicknesses of:

~ 125 mm

~ 130 mm

~ 150 mm

~ 170 mm

~ 175 mm

~ 180 mm

~ 200 mm

34.3 ANCHOR TYPES

34.4 CAPACITY INFORMATION34.4.1 FACE LIFT ANCHOR CAPACITY

Anchor Panel Effective Critical Critical Working Load Limit (t)load range thickness / anchor depth, edge distance, spacing, at concrete compressive strength

(t) Anchor length, h ec acL (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 15 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa 40 MPa

125* 78 250 500 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.3

130* 83 250 500 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.4

150* 103 350 700 3.4 3.9 4.4 4.9

5 170 123 400 800 4.3 4.8

175 128 400 800 4.6

180 133 400 800 4.8 5.0

200 153 400 800

* 2 x N12 x 300 mm cross bars required for 125 to 150 mm panels.

Note: Minimum edge distance to top of panel from the top positioned anchors in a face lift situation should be 2 * ec.

34

205



34.6 SPECIFICATION

SpecifyRamset™ Face Lift Anchor

FL050(Panel Thickness/Anchor Height, mm)

ExampleRamset™ Face Lift Anchor

FL050150

FACE LIFT ANCHORS

34.5 DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERSDescription Panel thickness / Anchor length, L (mm)

125 mm 130 mm 150 mm 170 mm 175 mm 180 mm 200 mm

5 Tonne Face Lift Anchor FL050125B* FL050130B* FL050150B* FL050170B FL050175B FL050180B FL050200Bwith Bar Clip

Lifting Clutch FLTC050* 2 x N12 x 300 mm cross bars required for 125 to 150 mm panels.

35

206

SYSTEMS FOR

COMPONENTPRECAST

OVERVIEW

The production of precast components offers a uniquechallenge for the precaster.

Components can vary greatly in both size and shape and it istherefore important that the systems utilised are ‘scalable’ tohandle these variations and yet still offer a consistentinstallation method.

The Ramset™ Systems For Component Precast meet thisrequirement and additionally represent one of the simplestsolutions for the production of pipes, pits, lids, culvertsections, stairs, plats, columns and beams.

35

207

Cast-In LiftingComponent Precast

35.1.1 PINHEAD APPLICATIONS

35.1 APPLICATIONS

Scenario:

Lifting of item from casting location/removal to stack location.

Attributes:

~ Even load distribution ensured by sling configuration.

~ Suction.

~ Concrete strength.

~ Tensile loaded lifting anchors (in plane of component).

~ Transitional movement of component (no out of plane forces).

Solution:

Ramset™ Pinhead System.

Scenario:

Fixed sling lifting of item.

Attributes:

~ Non preferred method.

~ Suction.

~ Cannot guarantee load distribution to 4 legs of sling, i.e. must design for load to 2 legs only.

~ Shear load component acting on lifting anchors towards unrestrained free edge of component.

~ Requires additional restraining reinforcement.

Solution:

Ramset™ Pinhead System.

Applications continued on next page.

35

208


Scenario:

Inverting a component.

Attributes:

~ Complex load cases.

~ Internal formwork.

~ Suction.

~ In plane rotation.

~ Multiple handling required.

Solution:

Ramset™ Spread Anchor System.

Where possible, lifting anchors and rigging should beconfigured to ensure that shear loads toward edges areminimised or eliminated as they will require additionalrestraining reinforcement detail and will have less capacitythan for lifting anchors loaded in tension.

This can be achieved through the use of spreader bars andcareful consideration of load case/rigging orientation.

35

209


35.2 INSTALLATION

Lifting Clutch

Support Plate

Void Former

Spread Anchor

Tension Bar

35.2.3 SPREAD ANCHOR SYSTEM

PinheadVoid Former

PinheadLifting Clutch

PinheadFoot Anchor

35.2.1 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHOR SYSTEM

Pinhead Void Former

Pinhead Lifting Clutch

Pinhead Eye Anchor

35.2.2 PINHEAD EYE ANCHOR SYSTEM

Tension Bar

210

35 Cast-In LiftingComponent Precast

35.3.1 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHORS

35.3 ANCHOR TYPES35.3.3 PINHEAD COMBINED ANCHORS

Benefits, Advantages and FeaturesEconomical:~ Simple design provides cost effective lifting of large sections.Identifiable:~ Easy verification of anchor, as load range and length is

visible when cast.Outstanding exterior durability:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.

35.3.4 SPREAD ANCHORS

Benefits, Advantages and FeaturesVersatile:~ Design provides section rotation capability.

~ Design allows use in thin or congested sections.Outstanding exterior durability:~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.

Benefits, Advantages and FeaturesReliable:~ Added reliability of foot in combination with component

reinforcement.Identifiable:~ Easy verification of anchor, as load range and length is


35.3.2 PINHEAD EYE ANCHORS

Benefits, Advantages and FeaturesVersatile:~ Design allows use in thin or congested sections.Identifiable:~ Easy verification of anchor, as load range and length is


35

211


35.4 LIFTING ANCHOR REINFORCEMENT DETAIL35.4.1 TENSILE REINFORCEMENT FOR

PINHEAD EYE ANCHORS ANDCOMBINED ANCHORS

35.4.2 TENSILE REINFORCEMENT FORSPREAD ANCHORS

Deformed Bar(‘V‘ shaped bar of equivalent length

is acceptable.)

30°

Deformed Bar(‘V‘ shaped bar of equivalent length

is acceptable.)


(t) bar size 15 MPa 20 MPa 32 MPa

1.3 R8* 0.7 0.6 0.5

2.5 R10* 1.1 0.7 0.6

5 N16 1.6 1.1 0.9

10 N20 2.0 1.4 1.1

20 N32 3.0 2.0 1.7

Pinhead Eye Anchor and Combined Anchor tensile reinforcement

The eye anchor may only be used with its componentreinforcement according to the table below.

Comply with the radius of curvature given by the reinforcement manufacturer.

The spread anchor may only be used with its componentreinforcement according to the table below.

Comply with the radius of curvature given by the reinforcement manufacturer.


(t) bar size 15 MPa 20 MPa 32 MPa

2.5 R10* 1.1 0.7 0.6

5 N16 1.6 1.1 0.9

Spread Anchor tensile reinforcement

* Hook ends required for round bar reinforcement.

Note: Combined Anchors available in1.3, 2.5 and 5 tonne load range only.

30°

* Hook ends required for round bar reinforcement.

35

212


35.5 CAPACITY INFORMATION35.5.1 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHOR WORKING LOAD LIMIT

TENSILE CAPACITY

~ Single anchor uninfluenced by edge distance or anchor spacing effects, minimum anchor spacing = 6 * h, minimum anchor edge distance = 3 * h

~ Capacity information complies with the requirements of AS3850 - 2003.

Anchor Anchor Critical edge Critical Concrete compressive strengthload range length, L distance, ec spacing, ac

(t) (mm) (mm) (mm) 15 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa

35 105 210 0.36 0.43 0.49 0.56

55 165 330 0.88 1.05 1.20

1.3 65 195 390 1.24

85 255 510 1.30

120 360 720

85 255 510 2.11

2.5 120 360 720 2.50

170 510 1020

95 285 570 2.64 3.14 3.59 4.16

5120 360 720 4.21

180 540 1080 5.00

240 720 1440

10170 510 1020 8.45

10.00340 1020 2040

20 500 1500 3000 20.00

˘˘≥ 3h

h

35

213


35.5.2 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHOR WORKING LOAD LIMIT FACTORED TENSILE CAPACITY, EDGE DISTANCE EFFECT

~ Single anchor influenced by one edge, minimum anchor spacing = 6 * h, anchor edge distance > 1 * h, < 3 * h


Anchor load Anchor length, L Edge distance, e Concrete compressive strengthrange (t) (mm) (mm) 15 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa

3535 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.30

70 0.27 0.33 0.37 0.43

5555 0.47 0.56 0.64 0.74

110 0.68 0.81 0.92 1.07

1.3 6565 0.66 0.78 0.90 1.04

130 0.95 1.13 1.29

8585 1.13

1701.30

120120

240

8585 1.13 1.34 1.53 1.78

170 1.62 1.93 2.20

2.5 120120 2.25

2402.50

170170

340

9595 1.41 1.67 1.92 2.22

190 2.02 2.41 2.75 3.19

120120 2.25 2.67 3.06 3.54

5240 3.23 3.84 4.39

180180

3605.00

240240

480

170170 4.51 5.36 6.13 7.10

10340 6.48 7.71 8.82

340340

10.00680

20 500500

20.001000

˘˘< 3h

h

35

214


35.5.3 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHOR WORKING LOAD LIMIT FACTORED TENSILE CAPACITY, ANCHOR SPACING EFFECT

~ Single anchor influenced by single adjacent anchor spacing,minimum anchor edge distance = 3 * h, anchor spacing > 1 * h, < 6 * h


Anchor load Anchor length, L Anchor spacing, a Concrete compressive strengthrange (t) (mm) (mm) 15 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa

3535 0.21 0.25 0.28 0.33

70 0.24 0.28 0.33 0.38

5555 0.52 0.61 0.70 0.81

110 0.59 0.70 0.80 0.93

1.3 6565 0.72 0.86 0.98 1.14

130 0.82 0.98 1.12

8585 1.23

1701.30

120120

240

8585 1.23 1.47 1.68 1.94

170 1.41 1.68 1.92 2.22

2.5 120120 2.46

2402.50

170170

340

9595 1.54 1.83 2.10 2.43

190 1.76 2.09 2.39 2.77

120120 2.46 2.92 3.34 3.87

5240 2.81 3.34 3.82 4.42

180180

3605.00

240240

480

170170 4.93 5.86 6.71 7.77

10340 5.64 6.70 7.67 8.88

340340

10.00680

20 500500

20.001000

< 6h

h

35

215


Anchor load Anchor length, L Panel thickness Concrete compressive strengthrange (t) (mm) (mm) 15 MPa 20 MPa 25 MPa 32 MPa

3570 0.19 0.22 0.26 0.30

140 0.38 0.45 0.51 0.59

55110 0.46 0.55 0.63 0.73

220 0.93 1.10 1.26 1.30

1.3 65130 0.65 0.77 0.88 1.02

260 1.29

85170 1.11

340 1.30

120240

480

85170 1.11 1.32 1.51 1.74

340 2.21

2.5 120240 2.20

480 2.50

170340

680

95190 1.38 1.64 1.88 2.18

380 2.76 3.29 3.76 4.35

120240 2.20 2.62 3.00 3.47

5480 4.41

180360 4.96

720 5.00

240480

960

170340 4.43 5.26 6.02 6.97

10680 8.85

340680 10.00

1360

20 5001000

20.002000

35.5.4 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHOR WORKING LOAD LIMIT FACTORED TENSILE CAPACITY, TWO EDGE DISTANCES EFFECT

~ Single anchor influenced by two edges, minimum anchor spacing = 6 * h, anchor edge distance > 1 * h, < 3 * hAnchor centrally located between edges.


h

PanelThickness

35

216


35.5.5 PINHEAD EYE ANCHOR WORKING LOAD LIMIT TENSILE CAPACITY

~ Component tensile reinforcement must be used inaccordance with table 35.4.1 for all eye anchors.


Anchor load range Anchor length, L Tensile capacity (t)(t) (mm) at f’c ≥ 15 MPa

1.3 65 1.3

2.5 90 2.5

5 120 5

10 180 10

20 250 20

32 300 32

35.5.6 PINHEAD COMBINED ANCHOR WORKINGLOAD LIMIT TENSILE CAPACITY

~ Component tensile reinforcement must be used in accordance with table 35.4.1 for all combined anchors.



1.3 50 1.3

2.5 65 2.5

5 80 5

Note: Component tensile reinforcment must be used in accordancewith table 35.4.1 for all eye anchors.

Note: Component tensile reinforcment must be used in accordancewith table 35.4.1 for all combined anchors.

em, ec am, ac


1.3 130 65 160 80

2.5 160 80 200 100

5 260 130 320 160

10 320 160 400 200

20 520 260 640 320

32 640 320 800 400

em, ec am, ac


1.3 70 35 80 40

2.5 80 40 100 50

5 130 65 150 75

10 150 75 170 85

20 260 130 320 160

32 320 160 400 200

em, ec am, ac


1.3 130 65 160 80

2.5 160 80 200 100

5 260 130 320 160

em, ec am, ac


1.3 70 35 80 40

2.5 80 40 100 50

5 130 65 150 75

35

217


35.5.7 SPREAD ANCHOR WORKING LOAD LIMIT TENSILE CAPACITY

~ Component tensile reinforcement must be used in accordance with table 35.4.2 for all spread anchors.



2.5 150 2.5

5 190 5

Note: Component tensile reinforcment must be used in accordancewith table 35.4.2 for all combined anchors.

em, ec am, ac


2.5 160 80 200 100

5 260 130 320 160

em, ec am, ac


2.5 80 40 100 50

5 130 65 150 75

35

218



DescriptionAnchor length, L Nominal Tensile Working Load Limit Rating

(mm) 1.3 tonne 2.5 tonne 5 tonne 10 tonne 20 tonne 32 tonne35 RAF013035

55 RAF013055

65 RAF013065

85 RAF013085 RAF025085

95 RAF050095

Pinhead Foot Anchor 120 RAF013120 RAF025120 RAF050120

170 RAF025170 RAF100170

180 RAF050180

240 RAF050240

340 RAF100340

500 RAF200500

65 RAE013065

90 RAE025090

Pinhead Eye Anchor 120 RAE050120

180 RAE100180

250 RAE200250

300 RAE320300

50 RAC013050

Pinhead Combined Anchor 65 RAC025065

80 RAC050080

Pinhead Clutch – RCU013 RCU025 RCU050 RCU100 RCU200 RCU320

Pinhead Void Former – VFU013RH VFU025RH VFU050RH VFU100RH VFU200RH VFU320RH

PINHEAD ANCHORS

DescriptionAnchor length, L Nominal Tensile Working Load Limit Rating

(mm) 2.5 tonne 5 tonne

Spread Anchor150 RSA025150

190 RSA050190

Void Former – VFP025RH VFP050RH

Support Plate – SPP025 SPP050

Lifting Clutch – RCP025 RCE050

SPREAD ANCHORS

219


35.7 SPECIFICATION

SpecifyRamset™ Pinhead Foot Anchor

(Part Number)

ExampleRamset™ Pinhead Foot Anchor

RAF025120

PINHEAD FOOT ANCHORS

SpecifyRamset™ Pinhead Combined Anchor

(Part Number)Component reinforcement is required in accordance

with published Ramset™ technical literature.

ExampleRamset™ Pinhead Combined Anchor

RAC013050Component reinforcement is required in accordance


PINHEAD COMBINED ANCHORS



SpecifyRamset™ Pinhead Eye Anchor



ExampleRamset™ Pinhead Eye Anchor

RAE050120Component reinforcement is required in accordance


PINHEAD EYE ANCHORS

SpecifyRamset™ Spread Anchor



ExampleRamset™ Spread Anchor

RSA050190Component reinforcement is required in accordance


SPREAD ANCHORS


35Cast-In LiftingComponent Precast

ANCHORING RESOURCE BOOK DESIGN WORKSHEET

Project

Design

Location

Project ID Date

Design by Checked

Notes

N* & V* are the per anchor load cases.Check both external and internal anchors for suitability.

Tensile design action effect N* kN

Shear design action effect V* kN

Fixture thickness t mm

Concrete compressive strength f’c MPa

Anchor spacing a mm

Edge distance e mm

No. of anchors in row parallel to edge n

Direction of shear load degs.

Sketch

Select anchor to be evaluatedSTEP 1Table 1a Interaction Diagram Anchor Type

Find intersection of N* and V* values.

Select anchor size.

Table 1b Absolute minima, am & em

Check for compliance with absolute minima Tick

Step 1c Calculate effective depth, h

Anchor size selected? Tick

Comply with absolute minima? Tick

Effective depth, h calculated? Tick

Checkpoint 1

Notes for this application

Specify


STEP 3

STEP 4

STEP 5

STEP 6

Table 2a Concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc

Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xnc x

Table 2c Edge distance effect, Xne x

Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, external to a row, Xnae x orTable 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, Xnai

Calculate ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * (Xnae or Xnai) =

Checkpoint 2

Checkpoint 3

Checkpoint 4

Checkpoint 5

Checkpoint 6

Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor

Table 3a Calculate steel tensile capacity, ØNus

Step 3b Confirm bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf

ØNur = Minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf

N* / ØNur ≤ 1.0 ? / = Tick

If not satisfied return to step 1. TENSILE DESIGN COMPLETED

Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor

Table 4a Concrete shear capacity, ØVuc

Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc x

Table 4c Load direction effect, Xvd x

Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, Xva x

Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, Xvn x

Calculate ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn =

Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor

Combined loading and specification

Table 5a Calculate steel shear capacity, ØVus

Step 5b Confirm bolt shear capacity, ØVsf

ØVur = Minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf

V* / ØVur ≤ 1.0 ? / = Tick

If not satisfied return to step 1. SHEAR DESIGN COMPLETED

N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur ≤ 1.2 ? / + / = Tick

If not satisfied return to step 1. DESIGN CHECK COMPLETED

RESPONSE SHEETPlease complete the following details and fax this page back to your local Ramset™ Engineer:VIC/TAS (03) 9427 0746 SA/NT (08) 8443 9170 WA (08) 9353 3150 NSW/ACT (02) 9748 3952 QLD (07) 3257 1792

Name

Position

Company Name

Address

Telephone Facsimile

Email

Industry / Engineering Discipline

Number of Engineers in the Company

Comments on this Specifiers Resource Book

JD552 A 07/2003

Concrete Anchoring Concrete Lifting

www.ramset.com.au

JD552 A 07/2003

Ramset™ Fasteners (Aust) Pty LimitedABN 48 004 297 009

Head Office296-298 Maroondah HighwayMooroolbark Victoria Australia 3138Tel: (03) 9726 6222Fax: (03) 9762 8215Web: www.ramset.com.au

© Copyright 2003™ Trademark of ITW Inc.

specifiers resource book - cad tech€¦ · · 2011-05-09. welcome to the ... 29 elephants’...

Documents